Your SlideShare is downloading. ×
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
105 bb config_guide_en_br
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×

Thanks for flagging this SlideShare!

Oops! An error has occurred.

×
Saving this for later? Get the SlideShare app to save on your phone or tablet. Read anywhere, anytime – even offline.
Text the download link to your phone
Standard text messaging rates apply

105 bb config_guide_en_br

839

Published on

Published in: Technology
0 Comments
0 Likes
Statistics
Notes
  • Be the first to comment

  • Be the first to like this

No Downloads
Views
Total Views
839
On Slideshare
0
From Embeds
0
Number of Embeds
0
Actions
Shares
0
Downloads
63
Comments
0
Likes
0
Embeds 0
No embeds

Report content
Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
No notes for slide

Transcript

  • 1. EHP4 for SAP ERP6.0March 2010English Sales and Distribution (105) Building Block Configuration GuideSAP AGDietmar-Hopp-Allee 1669190 WalldorfGermany
  • 2. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideCopyright© Copyright 2008 SAP AG. All rights reserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purposewithout the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may bechanged without prior notice.Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary softwarecomponents of other software vendors.Microsoft, Windows, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation.IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, S/390, AS/400,OS/390, OS/400, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, System i, System i5, System p, Systemp5, System x, System z, System z9, z/OS, AFP, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere, Netfinity,Tivoli, Informix, i5/OS, POWER, POWER5, POWER5+, OpenPower and PowerPC aretrademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, PostScript, and Reader are either trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group.Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin aretrademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc.HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, WorldWide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license fortechnology invented and implemented by Netscape.SAP, R/3, xApps, xApp, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, PartnerEdge, ByDesign, SAP BusinessByDesign, and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respectivelogos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several othercountries all over the world. All other product and service names mentioned are thetrademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document servesinformational purposes only. National product specifications may vary.These materials are subject to change without notice. These materials are provided by SAPAG and its affiliated companies ("SAP Group") for informational purposes only, withoutrepresentation or warranty of any kind, and SAP Group shall not be liable for errors oromissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP Group products andservices are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying suchproducts and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting anadditional warranty.© SAP AG Page 2 of 226
  • 3. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideIcons Icon Meaning Caution Example Note or Tip Recommendation SyntaxTypographic Conventions Type Style Description Example text Words or characters that appear on the screen. These include field names, screen titles, pushbuttons as well as menu names, paths and options. Cross-references to other documentation. Example text Emphasized words or phrases in body text, titles of graphics and tables. EXAMPLE TEXT Names of elements in the system. These include report names, program names, transaction codes, table names, and individual key words of a programming language, when surrounded by body text, for example, SELECT and INCLUDE. Example text Screen output. This includes file and directory names and their paths, messages, source code, names of variables and parameters as well as names of installation, upgrade and database tools. EXAMPLE TEXT Keys on the keyboard, for example, function keys (such as F2) or the ENTER key. Example text Exact user entry. These are words or characters that you enter in the system exactly as they appear in the documentation. <Example text> Variable user entry. Pointed brackets indicate that you replace these words and characters with appropriate entries.© SAP AG Page 3 of 226
  • 4. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideContentSales and Distribution............................................................................................................... 9Purpose..................................................................................................................................... 9Preparation............................................................................................................................... 9 2.1 Prerequisites.................................................................................................................... 9Configuration............................................................................................................................. 9 Order Scheduling .................................................................................................................. 9 Defining Floats (Scheduling Margin Key)...........................................................................9 SD Business Partner Configuration ....................................................................................10 Customer Control............................................................................................................. 10 Setting Up Partner Determination: Account Groups - Function Assignment ................10 Defining Customer Account Group for DUMMY Customer...........................................11 Partner Determination Procedure Assignment.............................................................15 Customer Master Data .................................................................................................... 16 Defining Legal Statuses................................................................................................ 16 Defining Customer Groups........................................................................................... 16 Defining Sales Districts................................................................................................. 17 Customer Hierarchies ..................................................................................................... 18 Assigning Sales Areas to Customer Hierarchy Types .................................................18 Allowed Account Group Assignments for Customer Hierarchies..................................18 Logistics Execution.............................................................................................................. 19 LE: Shipment Cost........................................................................................................... 19 Defining and Assigning Shipping Type Procedure Group.............................................19 Assigning Purchasing Data.......................................................................................... 20 LE: Routes....................................................................................................................... 20 Defining Shipping Types............................................................................................... 20 Assigning Transportation Zone to Shipping Point.........................................................21 LE: Packaging.................................................................................................................. 21 Defining Packaging Material Types..............................................................................21 Defining Material Group for Packaging Materials.........................................................22 Defining Allowed Packaging Materials .........................................................................23 Assign Shipping Points................................................................................................ 25 LE: Deliveries................................................................................................................... 26 Defining Delivery Types................................................................................................ 26 Assignment of List Profile to Delivery Scenario............................................................28 Pricing................................................................................................................................. 28 Defining Condition Tables................................................................................................ 28 Defining Access Sequences............................................................................................ 29 Condition Types............................................................................................................... 29 Defining and Assigning Pricing Procedure.......................................................................30 Defining Pricing Procedure Determination.......................................................................31 Defining Document Pricing Procedure.............................................................................31 Account Determination........................................................................................................ 32 Materials: Account Assignment Group.............................................................................32 Customers: Account Assignment Group..........................................................................32 Defining Account Determination Procedure.....................................................................33 Default Values for Account Group for Customer Creation................................................33© SAP AG Page 4 of 226
  • 5. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Defining Account Keys..................................................................................................... 34 Assigning G/L Accounts...................................................................................................... 34 Cash Account Determination........................................................................................... 42 Availability Check................................................................................................................ 42 Availability Check: Define Checking Groups....................................................................42 Defining Material Block for Other Users...........................................................................43 Availability Check: Defining Checking Groups Default Value...........................................44 Carrying Out Control for Availability Check......................................................................44 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Maintaining Procedure.............................45 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining Object........................................46 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Specifying Hierarchy................................47 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining Consumption Periods................47 Availability Check against Product Allocation: Controlling Product Allocation..................48 Defining Flow According to Requirement Category.........................................................49 Output Control..................................................................................................................... 49 Maintaining Output Procedure......................................................................................... 49 Output Control – Sales Documents.....................................................................................50 Maintaining Output Types: Output Types.........................................................................50 Maintaining Output Types: Message Types.....................................................................51 Output Control – Shipping .................................................................................................. 52 Maintaining Output Types................................................................................................ 52 Assigning Output Determination Procedures ..................................................................53 Maintaining Output Types - Partner Function...................................................................53 Output Control – Billing ....................................................................................................... 54 Maintaining Output Types................................................................................................ 54 Assigning Output Determination Procedures...................................................................55 SD Output Determination - Billing Partner Functions.......................................................55 Defining Print Parameters.................................................................................................... 56 Defining Print Parameters Sales Organization.................................................................56 Defining Print Parameters Shipping.................................................................................57 Output Control – Picking SD................................................................................................ 58 Output Determination for Picking List...............................................................................58 Maintaining Print Parameter for SD Picking.....................................................................58 Product Specific Settings..................................................................................................... 59 Maintaining Procedure Determination in Background for Product Proposal.....................59 Maintaining Procedure Determination Online for Product Proposal.................................60 Assigning Document Procedure to Sales Document Type...............................................60 Defining Item Category Groups........................................................................................... 61 Determining Active Receivables per Item Category............................................................61 Changing controllable error messages shipping processing................................................62 Sales Order Processing I..................................................................................................... 62 Defining Number Ranges for Sales Documents...............................................................62 Defining Sales Document Types......................................................................................63 Sales Organizations - Assigning Order Type...................................................................64 Divisions by Sales Org - Assign Order Type....................................................................65 Distribution by Sales Org - Assign Order Type................................................................65 Assigning Sales Area to Sales Document Types.............................................................66 Assigning Sales Area to Credit Control Area...................................................................67© SAP AG Page 5 of 226
  • 6. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Defining Relevant Item Categories..................................................................................68 Defining Incompleteness Procedures..............................................................................68 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures............................................................................69 Defining and Assigning Text Determination Procedures..................................................69 Assigning Material Determination Procedures to Sales Document Types.......................70 Down Payment Configuration.............................................................................................. 70 Defining Billing Plan Types.............................................................................................. 70 Date category................................................................................................................... 71 Defining and Assigning Item Category YBAO..................................................................71 Defining Item Categories for Deliveries...............................................................................72 Assigning Item Categories................................................................................................... 73 Copying Control: Sales Document to Billing Document.......................................................73 Specifying Copy Controls for Deliveries..............................................................................74 Determination of requirement types using transaction.........................................................75 Defining Delivery Item Category......................................................................................76 Defining and Assigning Text Determination Procedures..................................................76 SIS Configuration................................................................................................................ 77 SIS Header Configuration................................................................................................ 77 SIS Item Configuration.................................................................................................... 78 Activate SIS Info Structures......................................................................................... 79 LE Output Control................................................................................................................ 80 Maintaining output determination procedures for outbound deliveries.............................80 Maintaining Output Determination Procedure for Shipping Units - Control......................80 Sales Order Processing II.................................................................................................... 81 Maintaining Copy Control for Sales Documents (QT)......................................................81 Assigning Item Categories............................................................................................... 83 Defining Item Categories.................................................................................................. 83 Setting up Partner Determination Procedure Assignment for Item categories.................84 Maintaining Item Category Assign Text Determination Procedure...................................85 Assigning Incompleteness Procedures............................................................................86 Maintaining Copying Control Delivery Document to Billing Document.............................86 3.4PREPARE SD BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION (O035)......................................................88 SD BILLING..................................................................................................................... 88 Billing: Document Types............................................................................................... 88 SD SALES DOCUMENTS............................................................................................... 91 Incompletion Log ..........................................................................91 Maintain Sales Order Types ...........................................................94 Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types (BR)...................................................101 Assign Price Procedure to Billing type ..........................................102 Assign Incompletion Procedures For Sales Document Type .........103 SD SALES DOCUMENT ITEM CATEGORIES..............................................................104 Define Item Categories for sales order ................................................104 Assign Item categories .................................................................108 Define Item Categories for Delivery ...............................................109 Defining Item Category Determination in Deliveries...................................................111 Assign Schedule Line ....................................................................112 SD LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ASSIGN NF.....................................................................114 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order..............................................................................114© SAP AG Page 6 of 226
  • 7. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Maintain Sales Document Item Category...................................................................114 Maintain Billing Types................................................................................................. 116 Maintain Billing Document Item Category...................................................................117 Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Texts........................................................................118 Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph. Regions...............................120 SD Copy control for documents.....................................................................................120 Maintain Copy Control Billing to Sales Document......................................................120 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Delivery...................................................124 Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Billing......................................................127 Maintain Copy Control Delivery to Billing....................................................................129 Maintain Copy Control Sales Doc. to Sales Doc........................................................131 SD TAXBRA – Localization Brazil.....................................................................................132 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 1........................................................132 Field Catalog.............................................................................................................. 132 Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination.....................................................135 Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation.....................................................136 Define Access Sequences.......................................................................................... 137 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 2........................................................147 Define And Assign Pricing Procedure.........................................................................147 Define Condition Types.............................................................................................. 153 SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 3........................................................157 Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax Conditions....................................157 Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables......................................................................160 Assign Condition Type to Withholding Tax Type........................................................162 Tax Codes SD............................................................................................................ 163 Tax Codes MM/FI....................................................................................................... 164 Define Official Collection Codes.................................................................................165 Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields..................................................................166 Special Conditions for Pricing.....................................................................................167 Define Sequence for Tax Law Determination.............................................................168 SALES DOCUMENTS BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION.....................................................168 Assign Output Determination Procedures..................................................................168 Define and Assign Account Keys...............................................................................169 Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document.....................170 Define Industry Sector for Customers.........................................................................170 Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type...............................................171 Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs..........................................................172 Calculation Procedures for CBT Calculation .................................................................173 Assign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Division..........................................174 Define Wich Taxes are included in SD Price Conditions................................................174 Assign Nota Fiscal to Sales Order................................................................................175 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS..................................................175 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS - Customer...........................175 DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS - Material..............................176 MANUAL ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................... 176 Activation of Tax Codes................................................................................................. 176 Maintain Specific Tax Type ICMO..................................................................................178MASTER DATA..................................................................................................................... 179© SAP AG Page 7 of 226
  • 8. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Create Output Tax Record (IBRX).................................................................................179 Create Initial Tax Rates 100%......................................................................................179 Create Initial Base Rates 100%.....................................................................................180 Create Initial Base Rates 100%.....................................................................................180 Nota Fiscal Condition Records.......................................................................................180 Create Initial PIS Tax Rate............................................................................................. 181 Create Initial COFINS Tax Rate.....................................................................................181BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION................................................................................................. 183 Nota Fiscal Electronic (NF-e)............................................................................................. 183 Purpose 183 Preparation.................................................................................................................... 183 Prerequisites...................................................................................................................... 183 Define Forms - NF-e...................................................................................................... 183 Define Number Groups - NF-e.......................................................................................183 Condition types for Output Determination –NF-e...........................................................184 Condition types for Nota Fiscal Parallel Process (Optional).......................................185 Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e................................................................................186 Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters – NF-e......................................................186 Output Determination Procedure...................................................................................187 Create Condition Record - NF-e....................................................................................188 Define Nota Fiscal Types............................................................................................... 188 Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Movements...............................................194 Defining Business Places............................................................................................... 195 Defining NF Type Redetermination per Business Place................................................196 Assign XML Version to Region......................................................................................196 Defining SEFAZ Status Codes ......................................................................................197 Defining Cancellation Reasons......................................................................................204 Defining IPI Tax Situations............................................................................................. 205 Defining PIS Tax Situations........................................................................................... 206 Defining COFINS Tax Situations ...................................................................................207 Defining IPI Tax Laws ................................................................................................... 208 Defining PIS Tax Laws................................................................................................... 211 Defining COFINS Tax Laws .......................................................................................... 215 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS......................................................................................218 Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS SD................................................................................220 Defining Screen Control Groups....................................................................................221 Assigning Screen Control Group....................................................................................222 CBT: Mapping of SubTrip Base Reduction....................................................................223 Create New Conditions for MM and SD.....................................................................223 Maintain Calculation Procedure TAXBRA / YVABRA................................................223 Create New Internal Codes.......................................................................................224 Assing Internal Codes to Conditions..........................................................................225 Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes ....................................................................................225 Assigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction Codes .......................................................225 Contingency Rules for Plant........................................................................................... 225Appendix............................................................................................................................... 226© SAP AG Page 8 of 226
  • 9. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales and DistributionPurposeThis configuration guide provides the information you need to set up the configuration of thisbuilding block manually.If you do not want to configure manually and prefer an automated installation process usingthe SAP Best Practices Installation Assistant and other tools, refer to the SAP Best PracticesQuick Guide.Preparation 2.1 PrerequisitesBefore you start installing this building block, you must install prerequisite building blocks. Formore information, see the Building Block Prerequisite Matrix for Baseline. The matrix (anExcel file) is linked on the solutions DVD/website in one of the following two locations: • Content Library • Site MapConfigurationOrder SchedulingDefining Floats (Scheduling Margin Key)UseThe purpose of this step is to define the scheduling margin key.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Production → Shop Floor Control → Operations → Scheduling → Define Scheduling Margin Key Menu IMG Produção  Controle de produção  Operações  Programação  Definir chave de horizonte Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Margins for scheduling”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Plant Key Name 1 Opening Float After Float Before Release Period Production Production Period 1000 000 Centro 1 000 000 000 000 1000 001 Centro 1 010 001 002 005 1100 000 Centro 2 000 000 000 000 1100 001 Centro 2 010 001 002 0054. Choose Save.© SAP AG Page 9 of 226
  • 10. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideSD Business Partner ConfigurationCustomer ControlSetting Up Partner Determination: Account Groups - Function AssignmentUseIn this activity, you define the rules that should be used to perform automatic partnerdetermination.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Partner Determination → Set up Partner Determination Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação de parceiro  Definir determinação do parceiro Transaction Code SM34 (customizing object VC_TPAR_KU)2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, double-click Set Up Partner Determination for Customer Master.3. On the Change View “Partner Determination Procedures”: Overview screen, double-click Account Groups – Function Assignment.4. Choose New Entries.5. In the Account Groups – Function Assignment table, enter the following data: Partn.Funct Account Grp 1B YB01 1C YB01 1D YB01 1D 0003 AA YB01 SP YB01 AW YB01 BP YB01 BP 0003 PY YB01 PY 0003 SB YB01 SO YB01 SH YB01 SH YBVC SP YBEC SP YBAC© SAP AG Page 10 of 226
  • 11. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Partn.Funct Account Grp BP YBEC PY YBEC SH YBEC BP YBAC PY YBAC SH YBAC SP YBPC BP YBPC PY YBPC SH YBPC 1B YB03 1C YB03 1D YB03 AA YB03 SP YB03 AW YB03 BP YB03 PY YB03 SB YB03 SO YB03 SH YB036. Choose Save; then choose Back.Defining Customer Account Group for DUMMY CustomerUseThis activity defines the customer account group for the DUMMY customer.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics → General → Business Partner → Customers → Control → Define Account Groups and Field Selection for Customers Menu IMG Logística geral  Parceiro de negócios  Clientes  Controle  Definir grupos de contas e seleção de campos clientes Transaction Code OVT02. On the Change View “Customer Account Groups”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, make the following entries:© SAP AG Page 11 of 226
  • 12. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name User Action and Values Account Group YBPC Dummy customer Number range XX CentrTextDetPrc 01 TextDetProc SD 01 Cust.pric.proc. 1 Partner DetermProced AG Default SP Checked4. Double-click the General Data text, and expand the Field Status Group.5. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen, set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Values Group Address Suppress Search term B, Street 5, Buildings, Company postal code, Comments, Regional structure grouping, Sex, Date of birth, Marital status, Academic title, Name prefix, 2. academic title, 2nd prefix, Name at Birth, Nickname, Name affix, Initials, Country for format, Format name, Alternative place of residence, P.O. box without number, PO box country, PO Box Region, Name Formatting, Undeliverable Street, Undeliverable Postbox Req. Entry Name 1/Last name, Search Term A, Postal code, city, Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Communication Suppress Mobile Telephone Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Control Suppress Reference account group (OTA), Business Place, Tax Type, Tax categories. Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Marketing Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A Group Payment Transactions Suppress N/A© SAP AG Page 12 of 226
  • 13. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name Values Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A Group Unloading points Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A Group Contact person Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A Group Foreign Trade Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A6. Choose Save and then choose Back.7. Select the Company code data text and then expand Field Status Group.8. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen, set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Values Group Account Management Suppress Personnel number, Gross income tax, Value adjustment key Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Payment transactions Suppress Credit memo terms of payment, Diff. Payer in document, Accts recble pledging ind. Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Correspondence Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional© SAP AG Page 13 of 226
  • 14. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name Values Display N/A Group Insurance Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A Group W/holding tax data, w/h tax 2 Suppress Withholding tax code (2), Withholding tax number, Withholding tax types Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry W/hold.tax deduction, w/h tax 2 Display N/A9. Choose Save and then choose Back.10. Select the Sales data text and then expand Field Status Group.11. On the Maintain Field Status Group: Overview screen, set the radio buttons in each group as follows: Field Name Values Group Sales Suppress N/A Req. Entry Pricing procedure, Currency Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Shipping Suppress Rail specifications Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Billing Suppress Hedging and credit contr. Area Req. Entry Taxes and licenses Opt. Entry Mark the rest optional Display N/A Group Partner usage Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional© SAP AG Page 14 of 226
  • 15. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name Values Display N/A Group Documents Suppress N/A Req. Entry N/A Opt. Entry Mark all optional Display N/A12. Choose Save and then choose Back.Partner Determination Procedure AssignmentUseThis activity will assign the account groups to the partner determination procedure.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Customer Hierarchy → Set Partner Determination for Hierarchy Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação de parceiro  Definir determinação do parceiro Transaction Code SM34 (customizing object VC_TPAR_KU)2. Choose Set Up Partner Determination for Customer Master.3. On the Partner Determination Procedures: Overview screen and choose Partner Determination Procedure Assignment: Overview.4. On the Partner Determination Procedure Assignment: Overview screen make the following assignments: Group Description Partner Name Determination Procedure YB01 Sold-to party AG Sold-To Party YB02 Customer (ext.number AG Sold-To Party assgnmnt) YB03 Sold-to party Demo AG Sold-To Party (int.Numb.) YBAC Affiliated Companies - AG Sold-To Party BP YBEC Export Customers - AG Sold-To Party BP YBOC One-time cust. AG Sold-To Party (ext.no.assgnmt)© SAP AG Page 15 of 226
  • 16. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Group Description Partner Name Determination Procedure YBPC Dummy customer AG Sold-To Party YBVC Vendor_AT WE Ship-to party5. Choose Save and then choose Back.Customer Master DataDefining Legal StatusesUseThis activity will define the possible business forms which a customer can have (for example,corporation or limited liability company). You specify the business form in the general data ofthe customer master record as part of the marketing information (which specifies a businessform for all sales areas).ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Marketing → Define Legal Statuses Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Clientes  Marketing  Definir tipo de sociedade Transaction Code OVR62. On the Change View “Legal Status (Customer Master):” Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data: Legal Status Description 01 Legal status 01 06 Ltd 07 Inc 10 Corp4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Customer GroupsUseIn this menu option, you define the customer groups to which a customer can belong. You specify the customer group for sales data in the customer master record for each sales area. The SAP system copies this specification automatically into the sales documents at header and item level. Here, you will find the customer group on the detail screen for general business data.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 16 of 226
  • 17. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Sales → Define Customer Groups Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre  Parceiro negócios  Clientes  Venda  Definir grupos de clientes Transaction Code OVS92. On the Change View “Customer groups”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data: Cgrp Name 01 Industry 02 Retail 03 Wholly-owned subsid. 04 Partly owned subsid. 05 Competition 06 Public sector 07 Private customer 08 Wholesale4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Sales DistrictsUseIn this menu option, you define the sales districts in which the customers subsidiaries can belocated. You specify the sales districts for the sales data in the customer master record foreach sales area.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Sales → Define Sales Districts Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre Parceiro negócios  Clientes  Venda  Definir região de vendas Transaction Code OVR02. On the Change View “Customers: Sales Districts”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data: Sales district District name 000001 Northern Brazil 000002 Southern Brazil 000003 Southeastern Brazil 000004 Northeastern Brazil 000005 Central West Brazil© SAP AG Page 17 of 226
  • 18. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Customer HierarchiesAssigning Sales Areas to Customer Hierarchy TypesUseThis activity will assign sales areas to each other, which allows you to determine whether asales area uses its own customer hierarchies or shares one with another sales area.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Customer Hierarchy → Assign Sales Areas Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre Parceiro negócios  Clientes  Venda  Atualizar campos de reserva no mestre de cliente Transaction Code OVH32. On the Change View “Customer Hierarchy: Allowed Sales Area Assignments”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, make the following entries. CustType Sales Org. Distr.Chl Division HgLvSlsOrg HLDstrCh HgLvDivis. A 1000 10 10 1000 10 104. Choose Save and then choose Back.Allowed Account Group Assignments for Customer HierarchiesUseThis activity will assign the possible higher-level account groups to the account groupspermitted for each customer hierarchy type. Therefore, both the valid account groups for eachhierarchy type are defined and the higher-level account groups of the valid account groups.This will prevent the system assigning a ship-to party above a sold-to party.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Master Data → Business Partners → Customers → Customer Hierarchy → Assign Account Groups Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre  Parceiro negócios  Clientes  Hierarquia clientes  Atribuir grupos contas Transaction Code OVH22. On the Change view “Allowed Acct. Grp Assign. For Cust. Hier.”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data:© SAP AG Page 18 of 226
  • 19. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide CustHType Acct Group Hg Lv Acct Gr A 0001 0012 A YB01 YB01 A YB01 0003 A YB01 YB02 A 0012 0012 A 0012 0003 A 0003 0003 A YB02 YB01 A YB02 0012 A YB02 0003 A YB02 YB02 A YB01 0012 A 0003 00124. Choose Save and then choose Back.Logistics ExecutionLE: Shipment CostDefining and Assigning Shipping Type Procedure GroupUseThis activity defines the pricing procedure. You also assign transactions to the pricingprocedure transactions by defining the following dependencies for:ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Transportation → Shipment Costs → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Transporte  Custos de frete  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo Transaction Code T_722. Double-click Define and assign shipping type procedure group.3. Choose New Entries, and enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Comment ShipTypGrp 0005 Description Air4. Choose Save and then choose Back.5. Double-click Dialog Structure Assign shipping type procedure group.© SAP AG Page 19 of 226
  • 20. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide6. In the 05 Airplane row, in the ShpTyp Grp row, enter 0005.7. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assigning Purchasing DataUseFor settlement, you must assign the organizational units in the shipment to the relevantorganizational units in purchasing. These settings are necessary for creating accruals. Theaccruals are posted using service entry sheets. The purchasing organizational units areneeded for service procurement.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Transportation → Shipment Costs → Settlement → Assign Purchasing Data Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Transporte  Custos de frete  Liquidação  Atribuir dados de compras Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVFP)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: TPPt SCTy POrg PGr Plnt 1000 0001 1000 100 10003. Choose Save and then choose Back.LE: RoutesDefining Shipping TypesUseIn this activity, you define the shipping types in combination with the mode of transport.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Routes → Define Routes → Define Shipping Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Itinerários  Definição de itinerários Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T173_COM)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: PT Description MdTr StPG 05 Airplane 05 00053. Choose Save and then choose Back.© SAP AG Page 20 of 226
  • 21. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideAssigning Transportation Zone to Shipping PointUseIn this step you assign the Transportation Zone to the Shipping Point.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistic Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Routes → Route Determination → Maintain Country and Transportation Zone For Shipping Point Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Itinerários  Determinação de itinerários  Atualizar país e zona de transporte para local de expedição Transaction Code SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVST_RF)2. Make the following entries: ShPt Ctry Zone 1000 BR BR00040000 100R BR BR00010000 1100 BR BR00040000 110R BR BR000400003. Save your entries.LE: PackagingDefining Packaging Material TypesUseThe packaging material type combines packaging materials into groups and contains essential control features which apply to the corresponding shipping materials. When you specify a shipping material type in the material master record, each shipping material is assigned to a shipping material type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics – General → Handling Unit Management → Basics → Define Packaging Material Types Menu IMG Logística geral  Administração de unidades comerciais  Bases  Definir tipos de meios auxiliares de expedição Transaction Code VHAR2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Packag. Output Output Sort Plant Pack. Number Int. External mat type Det Type determin. matl assgnmt interval Interval Proc cat. YB09 000001 MALB 0000 A C B 01© SAP AG Page 21 of 226
  • 22. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Packag. Output Output Sort Plant Pack. Number Int. External mat type Det Type determin. matl assgnmt interval Interval Proc cat. Barrel YB10 000001 MALB 0000 A C B 01 02 Reefer box YB11 000001 MALB 0000 A C B 01 02 Reefer container YB12 000001 MALB 0000 B D B 01 02 Chep- Pallets 1/2 YB13 0000 B A B 01 02 Tank lorry YB14 000001 MALB 0000 B D B 01 02 Chep- Pallets 1/4 YB15 000001 MALB 0000 B C B 01 Bottle 0001 000001 MALB 0000 B D B 01 02 Pallets 0002 000001 MALB 0000 A C B 01 02 Container 0003 Ship 0000 A A B 01 02 YB04 0000 A A B 01 02 Truck YB05 000001 MALB 0000 B C B 01 02 Cardboard box YB06 000001 MALB 0000 B C B 01 02 Case YB07 Box 000001 MALB 0000 B C B 01 02 YB08 0000 A B B 01 02 Waggon3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Material Group for Packaging MaterialsUseIn this menu option, you define material groupings packaging materials, with which materialsthat are to be packed into similar packaging materials are grouped together. The materialgrouping for packaging materials is entered in the material master record of the shippingmaterial.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 22 of 226
  • 23. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG Menu Logistics – General → Handling Unit Management → Basics → Define Material Group for Packaging Materials Menu IMG Logística geral  Administração de unidades comerciais  Bases  Definir grupo de materiais p/meios auxiliares de expedição Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVEGR)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: GrPMt Description YB01 Pallets YB02 Container YB03 Case YB04 Card Box YB05 Bulk goods YB06 Single parts YB07 Small packed part YB08 Loose liquid prod YB09 Reefer cargo YB10 Truck YB12 Chep-Pallets 1/2 YB14 Chep-Pallets 1/43. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Allowed Packaging MaterialsUseWhen you pack materials or handling units, the system checks if the packaging materials forthe handling unit (to which the items are to be packed) are allowed for packing. By assigningpackaging material types to the material groups for packaging materials, you define whichpackaging materials are allowed for packing. By assigning shipping material types to materialgroups for shipping materials, you define which shipping materials are allowed for packing.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics - General → Handling Unit Management → Basics → Define Allowed Packaging Materials Menu IMG Logística geral  Administração de unidades comerciais  Bases  Determinar materiais de embalagem permitidos Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TERVH)2. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: Mat Grp PM PkgMtlType YB01 0001© SAP AG Page 23 of 226
  • 24. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Mat Grp PM PkgMtlType YB01 YB04 YB01 YB08 YB02 0002 YB02 0003 YB02 YB04 YB02 YB08 YB03 0001 YB03 0002 YB03 YB04 YB03 YB06 YB03 YB08 YB04 0001 YB04 0002 YB04 YB04 YB04 YB05 YB04 YB08 YB05 0003 YB05 YB04 YB05 YB08 YB06 0002 YB06 YB06 YB06 YB07 YB07 YB05 YB07 YB06 YB07 YB07 YB08 YB09 YB08 YB15 YB09 YB10 YB09 YB11 YB10 YB04 YB12 YB04 YB12 YB08 YB12 YB12 YB14 YB04 YB14 YB08 YB14 YB14© SAP AG Page 24 of 226
  • 25. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assign Shipping PointsUseIn this menu option, you allocate the shipping points to the desired combinations of shippingcondition and loading group for each plant.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination → Assign Shipping Points Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Determinação de local de expedição/dpto.entrada mercadorias  Atribuir locais de expedição Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVSTZ)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: SC LGrp Plnt PrShP 01 0001 1000 1000 01 0001 1000 1000 01 0001 1000 1000 01 0001 1000 1000 01 0001 1000 1000 01 0002 1000 1000 01 0002 1000 1000 02 0002 1000 1000 02 0002 1000 1000 02 0002 1000 1000 02 0003 1000 1000 02 0003 1000 1000 02 0003 1000 1000 03 0003 1000 1000 03 0003 1000 1000 03 0001 1100 1100© SAP AG Page 25 of 226
  • 26. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide SC LGrp Plnt PrShP 03 0001 1100 1100 03 0001 1100 1100 04 0001 1100 1100 04 0001 1100 1100 04 0001 1100 110R 04 0002 1100 1100 04 0002 1100 1100 RE 0002 1100 1100 RE 0002 1100 1100 RE 0002 1100 1100 RE 0003 1100 1100 RE 0003 1100 1100 RE 0003 1000 1000 RE 0003 1000 1000Choose Save and then choose Back.LE: DeliveriesDefining Delivery TypesUseIn this menu option you define your delivery types which represent the different businesstransactions in shipping.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Deliveries → Define Delivery Types Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Fornecimentos  Definir tipos de remessa Transaction Code 0VLK2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data:© SAP AG Page 26 of 226
  • 27. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name Description User action and values Notes Delivery type LF Delivery Document cat. J Delivery NR int. assgt 17 No.range.ext 18 ItemNoIncremen 10 t Order required Sales order required Defautl ord. Ty. DL Order Type Sched ItemRequiremen 202 Order t w.indep.item Stor.loc.rule MALA OutputDetProc V10000 TextDetermProc 02 Output Type YBL1 Application V2 Route determin. New route determination with check PartnDetProc LF Distrbtn Mode Distribution at Delivery Screen seq.grp LF Display range All items Field Name Description User action and values Notes Delivery type NL IntPlant Stock Dely Document cat. J Delivery NR int. assgt 17 No.range.ext 18 ItemNoIncremen 10 t Order required Purchase order required Defautl ord. Ty. DL Order Type Sched ItemRequiremen 202 Order t w.indep.item Stor.loc.rule MALA OutputDetProc V10000 TextDetermProc 02 Output Type LD00 Application V2© SAP AG Page 27 of 226
  • 28. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Route determin. No new route determination PartnDetProc LF Distrbtn Mode Distribution control by warehouse number Screen seq.grp LF Display range All items3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assignment of List Profile to Delivery ScenarioUseThis activity will assign a List Profile to a Delivery Creation profile.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Worklists → Assignment of List Profile to Delivery Scenario Menu IMG Logistics Execution → Expedição → Listas de trabalho → Atribuição dos perfis da lista aos cenários de fornecimento Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T186V)2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Scenario Description Profile Selection screen Dlv creation name profile 500A Schedule background 5001 5 - Schedule batch jobs 0101 processing without tab4. Choose Save.PricingDefining Condition TablesUseIn this IMG activity, you define price dependencies. You can make prices, surcharges, anddiscounts dependent on almost all the fields in a document. You define these dependenciesusing the condition tables. In a condition table, you define the combination of fields for whichyou can create condition records.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define Condition Tables© SAP AG Page 28 of 226
  • 29. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG Menu Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir tabelas de condições Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing object VV_T681F_VA)2. If table 830 does not exist on the Choose Activity dialog box, double-click Create condition tables, and go to the next step. If table 830 does exist, double-click Change condition tables.3. In the Table field, enter 830, and choose Enter.4. In the Field Catlg column, locate Sales Organization and double-click it. The field is copied to the Selected fields column.5. Choose Generate.6. Choose Save. Do not perform any other steps in this task.Defining Access SequencesUseThis activity defines access sequences. The access sequence is a search strategy which the SAP System uses to search for condition records valid for a condition type. For example, you can define for a price that the SAP System first searches for a customer-specific price and then for a price list price.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define Access Sequences Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir seqüências de acesso Transaction Code SM34 (with Customizing object VVC_T682_VA)2. Double-click Maintain Access Sequences. Accept the warning dialog box.3. Choose New Entries.4. Enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes AcSq YB20 Description Sales Organization5. Choose Save and then choose Back.Condition TypesUseThis activity will define condition types. Price elements are represented in the SAP system bycondition types. Price elements can be, for example, prices, surcharges, discounts, taxes or,freight, and are stored in the system in condition records. You can, for example, definewhether a discount is calculated as a percentage or a fixed amount using the condition type.© SAP AG Page 29 of 226
  • 30. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideYou specify an access sequence in every condition type. Thus, you define which fields theSAP system checks when searching for a valid condition record.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define Condition Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir tipos de condição Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object VV_T685A_VA)2. On the Choose Activity dialog box, double-click Maintain Condition Types.3. On the Change View “Conditions: Condition Types”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. Enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Condit.Type YB30 100% discount Access Seq YB20 Cond.class A Calculat.type A Plus/Minus X Manual entries D Item condition Checked Amount/percent Checked Delete Checked Delete fr. DB Do not delete (Set the deletion flag only) Scale Basis B5. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining and Assigning Pricing ProcedureUseIn this activity, you define the pricing procedure used.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define and Assign Pricing Procedures IMG Menu Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo© SAP AG Page 30 of 226
  • 31. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SPRO2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Maintain Pricing Procedures.3. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview screen, select the entry for procedure RVAA01 and choose Copy As…4. Overwrite the procedure name with YBAA01 and choose Enter.5. In the dialog box, choose copy all.6. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Pricing Procedure DeterminationUseIn this activity, you define how the pricing procedure is determined.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo Transaction Code OVKK2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define Pricing Procedure Determination.3. On the Change View “Pricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs.”: Overview screen, make the following entries: Sales DChl Division DoPr CuPP PriPr. CTyp Org. 1000 10 10 A 1 YBA001 PR00 1000 10 10 A 2 YBA001 PR00 1100 10 10 B 1 YBA001 PR004. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Document Pricing ProcedureUseIn this activity, you define the document pricing procedure Z (credit memo).ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Pricing → Pricing Control → Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculo© SAP AG Page 31 of 226
  • 32. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVKV)2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define Document Pricing Procedure.3. On the Change View “Pricing Procedures: Transaction.”: Overview screen, choose New Entries and make the following entries: Document Pricing Procedure Description Y Credit memo M Consignment Issue S Services4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Account DeterminationMaterials: Account Assignment GroupUseThis activity defines account determination dependencies for materials.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment Costing → Revenue Account Determination → Check Master Data Relevant for Account Assignment Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de receita  Verificar dados mestre relevantes para classificação contábil Transaction Code SPRO / OVK52. Double-click Materials: Account Assignment Groups.3. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Account Assignment Group Description 03 Finished Products Y1 Service Provider Y2 Returnable Goods4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Customers: Account Assignment GroupUseThis activity defines account determination dependencies for customers.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 32 of 226
  • 33. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment Costing → Revenue Account Determination → Check Master Data Relevant for Account Assignment Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de receita  Verificar dados mestre relevantes para classificação contábil Transaction Code OVK82. Double-click: Customers Account Assignment Groups.3. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Account Assignment Group Description 04 Dom.Rev. without CO4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Account Determination ProcedureUseThis activity will define your account determination procedures and allocate them to the billingtypes.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment Costing → Revenue Account Determination → Define and Assign Account Determination Procedure Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de receita  Definir e atribuir esquemas de determinação de contas Transaction Code SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_VC)2. Double-click Define Account Determination Procedure.3. Select the row KOFI00 Account Determination and then double-click Control Data.4. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Step Cntr CTyp Requiremt 10 1 KOFI 10 2 KOFK 25. Choose Save and then choose Back.Default Values for Account Group for Customer CreationUseThis activity will assign default values for account group for a returns customer creation.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 33 of 226
  • 34. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Materials Management → Purchasing → Vendor Master → Default values for account group for customer creation Menu IMG Administração de materiais  Compras  Mestre fornecedores  Valores propostos para grupo de contas para criação cliente Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T077K_W)2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Group Default for Cust.Acct.Group KRED 00034. Choose Save.Defining Account KeysUseYou define your account keys in this menu option and allocate them to the condition types inthe pricing procedures.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment/Costing → Revenue Account Determination → Define and Assign Account Keys Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de receita  Definir e atribuir chave de conta Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object VV_T687_V1)2. Double-click Define Account Key.3. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Account Key Name YB1 ERS material rel. YB2 ERS customer rel. YB3 provision f. freight YBS Customer discounts YCF Cofins Provision YPS PIS Provision ZDV Returns4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assigning G/L Accounts© SAP AG Page 34 of 226
  • 35. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideUseThis activity will allocate G/L accounts for revenue account determination. You have to makethe allocation for every access sequence you have defined beforehand.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment/Costing → Revenue Account Determination → Assign G/L Accounts Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de receita  Atribuir contas do Razão Transaction Code VKOA2. On the Assign G/L Accounts screen, double-click Table 1.3. On the Change View “Cust Grp/MaterialGrp/AcctKey”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. Maintain the following data: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 01 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 01 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 02 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 03 ERL 0000313000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERL 0000313000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 WK3 0000323200© SAP AG Page 35 of 226
  • 36. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 03 ERL 0000313000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERL 0000313000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 03 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 03 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 03 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 03 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 01 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 02 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERS 0000431101© SAP AG Page 36 of 226
  • 37. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 03 ERL 0000313000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERL 0000313000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 01 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 02 ZDV 0000321000 0000321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 03 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 03 ERL 0000313000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 Y1 BRI 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERL 0000313000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 Y1 WK3 0000323200 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 Y1 YG1 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 03 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 03 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 03 03 ERL 0000311000© SAP AG Page 37 of 226
  • 38. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFK 0050 1010 03 Y1 ERL 00003120005. Choose Save and then choose Back.6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 2 with the following data: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 ERS 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 ERS 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 ERS 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 01 ERS 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 02 ERS 00003120007. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 3 with the following data: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AAG ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 YG1 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 ERL 0000312000 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 ERS 0000431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 YG1 0000431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 01 ERS 0000312000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 ERL 0000311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 02 ERS 00003120008. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 4 with the following data: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 00003232009. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 5 with the following data:© SAP AG Page 38 of 226
  • 39. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 BRI 323100 V KOFI 0050 1000 BRJ 323000 V KOFI 0050 1000 COF 213400 323400 V KOFI 0050 1000 ERB 512300 215600 V KOFI 0050 1000 ERL 312000 V KOFI 0050 1000 ERS 431101 V KOFI 0050 1000 ERU 512300 215600 V KOFI 0050 1000 ISS 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 MW1 213100 V KOFI 0050 1000 MW2 213000 V KOFI 0050 1000 MW3 213000 V KOFI 0050 1000 MW4 213200 V KOFI 0050 1000 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFI 0050 1000 WK3 323200 V KOFI 0050 1000 YCF 213400 323400 V KOFI 0050 1000 YPS 213300 323300 V KOFI 0050 1000 ZDV 321000 321000 V KOFI 0050 1000 COF 213400 323400 V KOFI 0050 1000 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1000 BRI 323100 V KOFK 0050 1000 COF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1000 ERL 311000 V KOFK 0050 1000 ERS 431101 V KOFK 0050 1000 ISS 115700 V KOFK 0050 1000 MW1 213100 V KOFK 0050 1000 MW2 213000 V KOFK 0050 1000 MW3 213000 V KOFK 0050 1000 MW4 213200 V KOFK 0050 1000 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1000 WK3 323200 V KOFK 0050 1000 YCF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1000 YPS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1000 COF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1000 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFI 0050 1010 BRI 323100 V KOFI 0050 1010 BRJ 323000 V KOFI 0050 1010 COF 213400 323400© SAP AG Page 39 of 226
  • 40. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. ActKy G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1010 ERB 512300 215600 V KOFI 0050 1010 ERL 312000 V KOFI 0050 1010 ERS 431101 V KOFI 0050 1010 ERU 512300 215600 V KOFI 0050 1010 ISS 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 MW1 213100 V KOFI 0050 1010 MW2 213000 V KOFI 0050 1010 MW3 213000 V KOFI 0050 1010 MW4 213200 V KOFI 0050 1010 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFI 0050 1010 WK3 323200 V KOFI 0050 1010 YCF 213400 323400 V KOFI 0050 1010 YPS 213300 323300 V KOFI 0050 1010 ZDV 321000 321000 V KOFI 0050 1010 COF 213400 323400 V KOFI 0050 1010 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1010 BRI 323100 V KOFK 0050 1010 COF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1010 ERL 311000 V KOFK 0050 1010 ERS 431101 V KOFK 0050 1010 ISS 115700 V KOFK 0050 1010 MW1 213100 V KOFK 0050 1010 MW2 213000 V KOFK 0050 1010 MW3 213000 V KOFK 0050 1010 MW4 213200 V KOFK 0050 1010 PIS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1010 WK3 323200 V KOFK 0050 1010 YCF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1010 YPS 213300 323300 V KOFK 0050 1010 COF 213400 323400 V KOFK 0050 1010 PIS 213300 32330010. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for Table 6 with the following data: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AGG AGG ActKy ItCat G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 01 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 01 ERL YGRA 214901© SAP AG Page 40 of 226
  • 41. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AGG AGG ActKy ItCat G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1000 01 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 03 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 01 Y1 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 01 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 03 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 02 Y1 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 01 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1000 03 03 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 01 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 03 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 01 Y1 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 01 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 03 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 02 Y1 ERL YGRA 214901© SAP AG Page 41 of 226
  • 42. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. AGG AGG ActKy ItCat G/L acct Provision acc. V KOFI 0050 1010 03 01 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 01 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 02 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 02 ERL YGRA 214901 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 03 ERL KBNB 115700 V KOFI 0050 1010 03 03 ERL YGRA 21490111. Choose Save and then choose Back.Cash Account DeterminationUseThis activity will define Assing G/L Account.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Account Assignment/Costing → Cash Account Determination→ Assign G/L Accounts Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Class.contábil/cálculo de custos  Determinação da conta de caixa Atribuir contas do Razão Transaction Code OV772. On the Assign G/L Accounts screen, double-click Table 3 (502).3. On the change view “Sales org./Item cat.”: Overview scren, choose new entries: App CndTy. ChAc SOrg. ItCat G/L acct Provision acc. VC CASH 0050 1000 KBNB 115700 VC CASH 0050 1000 YGRA 2149014. Choose Save and then choose Back.Availability CheckAvailability Check: Define Checking GroupsUseThis activity will define checking groups with which you specify the type of requirementsrecords that the system will create when processing sales orders or deliveries. Sales orderrequirements and delivery requirements can be controlled separately.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 42 of 226
  • 43. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning → Define Checking Groups Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verif.disponibilidade seg.lógica ATP em relação plan.prel.  Definir grupos de controle Transaction Code OVZ26. Choose New Entries.7. Enter the following data: Av Description TotalSales TotDlvReqs Accum Response 01 Daily requirements B B 3 02 Individ. Requirements A A 3 Y2 Individ.requirements A A 38. Choose Save and then choose Back.Defining Material Block for Other UsersUseIn this IMG activity you define for each checking group and initiator whether the materialmaster record should be blocked for other orders during the availability check. If it is blocked,you cannot create two orders for the same material at the same time.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning → Define Material Block for Others Users Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verif.disponibilidade seg.lógica ATP em relação plan.prel.  Determinar bloqueio de material para outros usuários Transaction Code SM30 (V_TMVFP)2. Choose New Entries.3. Enter the following data: Av Description Initiator Block Y2 Individ.requirements A X Y2 Individ.requirements B X Y2 Individ.requirements C© SAP AG Page 43 of 226
  • 44. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Availability Check: Defining Checking Groups Default ValueUseThis activity will define the checking group that the system proposes when you create a newmaterial master record. You can overwrite the default value for the checking group in thematerial master record.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning → Define Checking Groups Default Value Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verif.disponibilidade seg.lógica ATP em relação plan.prel.  Determinar bloqueio de material para outros usuários Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TMVFU)2. Choose New Entries.3. Enter the following data: Material Type Plant Availability Check FERT 1000 Y2 FERT 1100 Y2 HAWA 1000 Y2 HAWA 1100 Y2 LEIH 1000 Y2 LEIH 1100 Y2 VERP 1000 Y2 VERP 1100 Y24. Choose Save and then choose Back.Carrying Out Control for Availability CheckUseThis activity will define checking rules for the availability check and allocate them to achecking group.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 44 of 226
  • 45. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check With ATP Logic or Against Planning → Carry out Control For Availability Check Menu IMG Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verif.disponibilidade seg.lógica ATP em relação plan.prel.  Executar controle da verificação de disponibilidades Transaction Code OVZ92. Copy the following checking rules (CRl) from checking group (avail) 01 to checking group Y2: Avail CRl Y2 01 Y2 03 Y2 A Y2 AE Y2 AQ Y2 AV Y2 AW Y2 B Y2 BE Y2 BQ Y2 BV Y2 BW Y2 PM Y2 PP Y2 PS Y2 RP Y2 RS Y2 YO Y2 YP3. Choose Save4. Choose New Entries.Availability Check against Product Allocation: Maintaining ProcedureUseThis activity defines the product allocation determination procedure for the availability checkagainst product allocations.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 45 of 226
  • 46. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Maintain Procedure Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Atualizar esquema Transaction Code OV1Z2. On the Change View “Product Allocation: Definition of Procedure”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Product Allocation 001 Description Prod. Alloc. Scheme4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining ObjectUseThis activity will define the product allocation object. This product allocation object is theobject in the product allocation determination procedure. This is because product allocationsare stored in the planning hierarchy by object.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Define Object Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Definir objeto Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T190O)2. Choose New Entries.3. Enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Object 001 Description SD Prod. Alloc.4. Choose Save and then choose Back.© SAP AG Page 46 of 226
  • 47. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideAvailability Check against Product Allocation: Specifying HierarchyUseThis activity assigns an info structure to each of the product allocation determinationprocedures. You can display the suitable statistical structures.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Specify Hierarchy Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Determinar hierarquia Transaction Code OV3Z2. On the Change View “SD Product Allocation Planning Structure”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Procedure 001 Prod. Alloc. Scheme Step Step Name Prod. Alloc. Steps Info Struct. S140 Mask $4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Availability Check against Product Allocation: Defining Consumption PeriodsUseWhen you have defined a product allocation determination procedure, you can also define(past and future) consumption periods for product allocation quantities.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Define Consumption Periods Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Definir intervalos de compensação© SAP AG Page 47 of 226
  • 48. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T190V)2. Choose New Entries.3. Enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Info structure S140 Bwd cons 3 Fwd cons 2 Period M4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Availability Check against Product Allocation: Controlling Product AllocationUseThis activity will assign one or several objects with different validity periods to the productallocation determination procedures. The validity periods cannot overlap.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Control Product Allocation Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Controle da alocação de produtos Transaction Code OV4Z2. On the Determine Work Area: Entry dialog box, in Product Allocation, enter 001 then choose Continue.3. Choose New Entries.4. Enter the following data: Field Name Description User action and values Notes Step 0 Info structure S140 Object 001 SD Prod. Alloc Valid to 12/31/2999 Active Checked Conversion factor 1.0005. Choose Save and then choose Back.© SAP AG Page 48 of 226
  • 49. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideDefining Flow According to Requirement CategoryUseThis activity will determine whether the system should run an availability check for productallocations or not. You can determine this in each requirements class.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Availability Check → Availability Check Against Product Allocation → Define Flow According to Requirement Category Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Verificação de disponibilidades e transferência necessidades  Verificação de disponibilidade  Verificação de disponibilidade em relação a contingentes  Definir processo por ctg.necessidade Transaction Code OVZ02. On the Change View “Availability and Transfer of Requirements by Req. Type”: Overview screen, maintain the following entries: ReqCl AvC Rq All. 011 X X X 030 X X X 031 X X X 041 X X X3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Output ControlMaintaining Output ProcedureUseThis activity defines output determination for documents.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Output Control → Output Determination → Output Determination Using the Condition Technique → Maintain Output Determination for Billing Documents → Maintain Output Determination Procedure Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs. faturamento  Atualizar esquema de mensagens© SAP AG Page 49 of 226
  • 50. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V3)2. Choose New Entries.3. In the Procedure column, enter V10000, and in the Description column, enter Billing Output.4. Choose Save.5. Select the row you just created, and double-click Control Data.6. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Step Cntr CTyp Description Requiremt Manual only 010 01 RD00 Invoice 07. Choose Save and then choose Back twice.Output Control – Sales DocumentsMaintaining Output Types: Output TypesUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain output types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Output Control   Output Determination  Output Determination Using the Condition Technique  Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents  Maintain Output Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs. faturamento  Atualizar tipos de mensagem Transaction Code V/302. On the Display View” Output Types”: Overview screen, select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts. Language Key Appl Output Type Document title n PT V1 AF00 Tipo acesso p/parâmetros de impressão e proposta PT V1 AN00 Acesso para parâmetros de impressão e proposta PT V1 BA00 Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta3. On the overview screen, double-Click Output types AF00, AN00 and BA00 and enter the following values:Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B:© SAP AG Page 50 of 226
  • 51. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Usage Application Output type Access Name PrntParamtr sequence criteria B V1 AF00 0003 Inquiry 1 B V1 AN00 0002 Quotation 1 B V1 BA00 0004 Order 1 ConfirmationPartial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B: Dispatch Access Storage Document Transmission Partner time1 To Mode type Medium Function conditions 1 X 1 1 SP 1 X 1 SDOQUOTAT 1 SP 1 X 1 SDOORDER SP4. Choose Save.ResultThe output types are created.Maintaining Output Types: Message TypesUseThe purpose of this activity is to create message type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Output Control → → Output Determination → Output Determination Using the Condition Technique → Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents → Maintain Output Types Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object VN_TNAPN)2. Select OutputType and choose Partner functions from the Dialog Structure.3. Maintain the following values (Output Table VN_TNAPN): Application Output Type Transmission Partner Function Medium V1 AF00 1 SP V1 AF00 2 SP V1 AN00 1 SP V1 AN00 2 SP V1 AN00 6 SP V1 BA00 1 SP V1 BA00 2 SP V1 BA00 6 SP© SAP AG Page 51 of 226
  • 52. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Application Output Type Transmission Partner Function Medium V1 BA00 A SP4. Choose Save.ResultThe message types are created.Output Control – ShippingMaintaining Output TypesUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain output types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Output Determination → Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries → Maintain Output Types Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas  Atualizar tipos de mensagem Transaction Code V/342. On the Display View” Output Types”: Overview screen, select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts.3. Enter the following values. Output Table V_TNATI: Language Appln Output Type Document title Key EN V2 LD00 Access Type for Print Parameter and Proposal PT V2 YBL1 Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta4. Choose Save.5. On the Display View” Output Types”: Overview screen, enter the following values. Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B: Usage Application Output type Access Name PrntParamtr sequence criteria B V2 LD00 0012 Delivery Note 5 B V2 YBL1 0012 Bill of Lading 5Partial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B:© SAP AG Page 52 of 226
  • 53. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Dispatch Access Storage Document Transmission Partner time1 To Mode type Medium Function conditions 3 X 1 SDODELNOTE 1 SH 3 X 1 SDODELNOTE 1 SH6. Choose Save.ResultThe output types are created.Assigning Output Determination ProceduresUseThe purpose of this activity is to assign output determination procedures.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Output Determination → Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries → Assign Output Determination Procedures IMG Menu Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas  Atribuir esquema de mensagem Transaction Code V/712. In the Choose Activity dialog box, select Assign deliveries (header) and choose Enter.3. On the Change View” Delivery Types –Output Determination Procedure”: Overview screen, enter the following values. Output Table V_TVAK_NAC: Sales Document Appln Output determ.proc. Output Type Type LF V2 V10000 YBL1 LR V2 V10000 YBL14. Choose Save.ResultThe output determination procedures are assigned.Maintaining Output Types - Partner FunctionUseThe purpose of this activity is to create message type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 53 of 226
  • 54. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Output Determination → Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries → Maintain Output Types Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas  Atualizar tipos de mensagem Transaction Code V/342. On the Change View “Output Types”: Overview screen, choose the OutputType and double-click Partner Functions from the Dialog Structure.3. Enter the following values. Output Table VN_TNAPN: Application Output Type Transmission Partner Function Medium V2 YBL1 1 SH V2 YBL1 2 SH4. Choose Save.ResultThe message types are created.Output Control – BillingMaintaining Output TypesUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain output types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Intercompany Billing → Automatic Posting to Vendor Account (SAP-EDI) Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Faturamento interno  Lançamento automático na parte do fornecedor via SAP-EDI Transaction Code V/402. Choose Activity Maintain output types3. On the Display View” Output Types”: Overview screen, select Entry and choose Mail Title and Texts.4. Enter the following values. Output Table V_TNATI: Language Appln Output Type Document title Key PT V3 RD00 Tipo de acesso p/parâmetros impressão e proposta© SAP AG Page 54 of 226
  • 55. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide5. Choose Save.6. Enter the following values. Partial Output 1 from 2 of the table V_T685B: Usage Application Output type Access Name PrntParamtr sequence criteria B V3 RD00 0002 Invoice 1 Partial Output 2 from 2 of the table V_T685B: Dispatch Access Storage Document Transmission Partner time1 To Mode type Medium Function conditions 1 X 1 SDOINVOICE 1 BP7. Choose Save.ResultThe output types are created.Assigning Output Determination ProceduresUseThis activity defines output determination procedures for documents.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Define Billing Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de faturamento  Definir tipo de documento de faturamento Transaction Code VOFA2. On the Choose Activity screen select Define Billing Types.3. Choose the relevant billing type and make the following entries: Billing Type Output determ.proc. Application Output Type F1 V10000 V3 RD00 F2 V10000 V3 RD00 FAZ V10000 V3 RD004. Choose Save and then choose Back.SD Output Determination - Billing Partner FunctionsUseThe purpose of this activity is to create message types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 55 of 226
  • 56. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Output Control → → Output Determination → Output Determination Using the Condition Technique → Maintain Output Determination for Billing Documents → Assign Output Types to Partner Functions Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre  Funções básicas  Determinação de mensagens  Determinação de mensagem via técnica de condições  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs.faturamento  Atribuir mensagens às funções do parceiro Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object VV_TNAPN_V3)2. On the Change View: Output Control: Output By Partner Function: Overview screen, choose New Entries and make the following entries: Application Output Type Transmission Partner Function Medium V3 RD00 1 SH V3 RD00 2 SH V3 RD00 6 SH V3 RD00 A SH3. Choose Save.ResultThe message types are created.Defining Print ParametersDefining Print Parameters Sales OrganizationUseIn this step, you define the print parameters for sales, shipping, billing, transportation andsales activity output, for example. This is dependent on a predefined key.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Output Control → Define Print Parameters Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Controle de mensagens  Definir parâmetros de impressão Transaction Code VP012. On the Print Parameters screen, locate and double-click Inquiry (AF00).3. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: SOrg Output Device Name Suffix Suffix 2 Immediate Release 1 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or LIST1S AF00 SOLICITAÇÃO Checked© SAP AG Page 56 of 226
  • 57. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide SOrg Output Device Name Suffix Suffix 2 Immediate Release 1 other printer)4. Choose Save and then choose Back.5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the following data: CTyp SOrg. Output Device Name Suffix Suffix 2 Immediate Release 1 AN00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S AN00 COTAÇÃO X printer) BA00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S BA00 CONFIRMAÇÃO X printer) KO00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S KO00 CONTRATO X printer) LP00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S LP00 PROGRAMA DE X printer) RD00 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S LT01 FATURA X printer) RD03 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S AF00 VENDA À VIST printer) RDES 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or other LIST1S LT01 FATURA NDR printer)Defining Print Parameters ShippingUseIn this step, you set the output parameters. The condition types set for the outputdetermination, which the system can find automatically, appear under the category Shipping.Per condition type, you specify - depending on which output location in the condition type isset as a print parameter - one or several locations and determine an output device as well assome parameters for the printout per condition type and position.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Define print parameters shipping Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Definir parâmetros impressão expedição Transaction Code VP01SHP2. On the Print Parameters screen, locate and double-click Delivery Note (LD00).3. Choose New Entries and maintain the following data: Ship Output Device Name Suffix Suffix Immediate Release Point 1 2 1000 LP01 (or LOCL or LIST1S LD00 LIEFER X other printer)© SAP AG Page 57 of 226
  • 58. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Output Control – Picking SDOutput Determination for Picking ListUseThis activity will define the settings for SD picking without Lean WM. For further details regarding the output customizing for SD picking (w/o lean WM) refer to OSS note 145136.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity use the following navigation: Transaction Code OVLT2. Make the following entries (for shipping point 1000, 100R, 1100 and 110R) on the Change View “Organizational Unit: Shipping Pts. – Print Picking Lst”: Overview screen. Field Name User action and values Note Out. EK00 Lng PT No. 1 Time 3 Med 13. Save your entries.4. Choose Back (F3).ResultOutput determination for SD picking has been set up.Maintaining Print Parameter for SD PickingUseThis activity will define print parameters for SD picking without Lean WM. For further details regarding the output customizing for SD picking (w/o lean WM) refer to OSS note 145136.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity use the following navigation: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Define print parameters shipping Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Definir parâmetros impressão expedição© SAP AG Page 58 of 226
  • 59. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code VP01SHP2. On the Print Parameters View choose Shipping /Spec.Case((V4).3. On the Print Parameters View double-click Picking List (EK00).4. On the Change View “Print Parameters for Shipping Point”: Overview screen, choose New entries.5. Make the following entries: Field Name User action and values Note Shipping Point 1000 OutputDevice LP01 Select suitable device Name LIST1S Suffix1 EK00 Suffix2 LISTA PICKIN Print immed. Selected6. Save your entries.7. Repeat step 4 and 5 for shipping point 100R, 1100 and 110R.8. Choose Back (F3).ResultThe print parameters for SD picking have been set up.Product Specific SettingsMaintaining Procedure Determination in Background for Product ProposalUseThis activity will determine the product proposal procedure for background processing.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Dynamic Product Proposal → Maintain Procedure Determination (in Background) for Product Proposal Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Proposta de produto dinâmica  Atualizar determinação de esquemas (background) p/proposta de produto Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPVSB)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: SOrg. DChl Dv PPCustProc PPPr 1000 01 01 A A000013. Choose Save and then choose Back.© SAP AG Page 59 of 226
  • 60. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideMaintaining Procedure Determination Online for Product ProposalUseThis activity will determine the product proposal procedure for background processing.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Dynamic Product Proposal → Maintain Procedure Determination (Online) for Product Proposal Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Proposta de produto dinâmica  Atualizar determinação de esquemas (on-line) p/proposta de produto Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPVSO)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: SOrg. DChl Dv SOff. SGrp PPCustProc PPDoPr PPPr 1000 10 10 100 100 A A A000013. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assigning Document Procedure to Sales Document TypeUseThis activity will assign the document determination procedure for the product proposal to theindividual sales document types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Dynamic Product Proposal → Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document Type Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Proposta de produto dinâmica  Atribuir esq.documentos p/prop.prod. aos tipos de documentos de vendas Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAK_PV)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: SaTy Description PP DocProc QT Quotation A SO Rush Order A OR Standard Order A3. Choose Save and then choose Back.© SAP AG Page 60 of 226
  • 61. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideDefining Item Category GroupsUseUsing the item category group, you group together different material types for item categorydetermination from the SD view. For every material type, you can define a default itemcategory group which is proposed by the SAP System when you create a material masterrecord.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Item → Define Item Category Groups Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item do documento de vendas  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TPTM)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: ItCGr Description YB01 Credit memo YB02 Ret. Pack. Delivery YB03 Returnable packaging YB09 Standard w/o batch YBKF Header config. YBKP Component YBER Service w/SD-order YBLE Service w/o Delivery YBEN Service w/o Project YBEP Service w/ project YBOR Stock ord 3rd party (w. SN) YBNA Stock ord 3rd party (w/o SN) YBUK Bought-In3. Choose Save and then choose Back.Determining Active Receivables per Item CategoryUseThis activity will activate the credit management functionality by sales item category.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Credit Management/Risk Management → Credit Management/Risk© SAP AG Page 61 of 226
  • 62. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Management Settings → Determine Active Receivables Per Item Category Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Adm.crédito/riscos  Opções preliminares para a adm.crédito/adm.riscos  Definir crédito ativo por ctg.item Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAP_KRE)2. On the row with ItCa of TAN, select the Credit active checkbox.3. Choose Save.Changing controllable error messages shipping processingUseThis activity will change the type for a system message processed during the deliverycreation.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity use the following navigation: IMG Menu Logistics Execution  Shipping  System Modifications  Specify Characteristics for System Messages Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Adaptações do sistema  Determinar características para mensagens do sistema Transaction Code OVM12. Change message L VU 013 according to the table below on the Change View “Controllable Error Messages Shipping Processing”: Overview screen. Field Name User action and values Note Type W3. Save your entries.4. Choose Back (F3).ResultMessage 013 has been changed.Sales Order Processing IDefining Number Ranges for Sales DocumentsUseIn this menu option, you define the number intervals of the number ranges for salesdocuments.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 62 of 226
  • 63. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Header → Define Number Ranges for Sales Documents Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Definir intervalos de numeração para docs.vendas Transaction Code VN012. Choose Change Intervals.3. Choose Insert Interval, then maintain the following data: No From number To number Current number Ext 90 R0001 R9999 X4. Choose Save and then choose Back twice.Defining Sales Document TypesUseThis activity will define settings for sales document types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Header → Define Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Definir tipos de doc.vendas Transaction Code VOV82. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Sales Document Type YBRE YBFD YGRA SD document categ. H I I Number range – internal 13 01 01 assignment Number range – external 14 02 02 assignment Item number increment 000010 000010 000010 Sub-item increment 000010 000010 000010 Reference mandatory M Check division 2 Check credit limit D Item division X Read info record X X X Output application V1 V1 V1 Screen Sequence Group RE RE AU© SAP AG Page 63 of 226
  • 64. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Incompl.proced. 14 YG Transaction Group 0 0 0 Doc.Pric.Procedure A C A Display Range UALL UALL UALL FCode for overv. Scr. UER1 UER1 UER1 ProdAttr.messages A Delivery type LR LF LF Shipping conditions RE 01 Delivery-related billing type YGRA Order-rel.bill.type YGRA Intercomp.bill.type IG YIV Billing block CndType line items EK02 Billing plan type Paymt guarant. proc. 01 01 Paymt card plan type 03 03 Checking group 01 01 Propose Delivery Date X X X Billing request DR Subseq.order type SD4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.Sales Organizations - Assigning Order TypeUseIn this menu option, you define the number intervals of the number ranges for salesdocuments.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Documents Header → Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas Transaction Code OVAO2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Combine Sales Organizations.3. On the Change View: Sales Organizations – Assign Order Type: Overview screen, make the following entries:© SAP AG Page 64 of 226
  • 65. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Organization Reference Sales Organization 1000 1000 1100 11004. Choose Save and then choose Back.Divisions by Sales Org - Assign Order TypeUseIn this menu option, you define the number intervals of the number ranges for salesdocuments.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Documents Header → Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas Transaction Code OVAN2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Combine Divisions.3. On the Change View: Divisions by SalesOrg – Assign Order Type”: Overview screen, make the following entries: Sales Organization Reference Division 1000 10 1000 20 1100 10 1100 204. Choose Save and then choose Back.Distribution by Sales Org - Assign Order TypeUseIn this menu option, you define the number intervals of the number ranges for salesdocuments.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Documents Header → Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas© SAP AG Page 65 of 226
  • 66. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code OVAM2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Combine Distribution Channels.3. On the Change View: Distribution by Sales Org – Assign Order Type”: Overview screen, make the following entries: Sales Organization Reference Distribution Channel 1000 10 1000 20 1000 30 1100 10 1100 20 1100 304. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assigning Sales Area to Sales Document TypesUseIn this menu option, you allocate the allowed order types to each sales area.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Documents Header → Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAKZ)2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Assign sales order types permitted for sales areas.3. On the Change View: Sales Documents. Allowed Order Types per Sales Org.: Overview screen, choose New Entries and make the following entries: Reference Sales Reference Distribution Reference Division Sales Document Organization Channel Type 1000 10 10 QT 1000 10 10 CR 1000 10 10 DR 1000 10 10 RK 1000 10 10 OR 1000 10 10 IN 1000 10 10 KB© SAP AG Page 66 of 226
  • 67. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Reference Sales Reference Distribution Reference Division Sales Document Organization Channel Type 1000 10 10 KE 1000 10 10 KR 1000 10 10 CQ 1100 10 10 QT 1100 10 10 CR 1100 10 10 DR 1100 10 10 RK 1100 10 10 OR 1100 10 10 IN 1100 10 10 KB 1100 10 10 KE 1100 10 10 KR 1100 10 10 CQ4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assigning Sales Area to Credit Control AreaUseThis activity will assign a sales area to a credit control area.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Enterprise Structure → Assignment → Sales and Distribution → Assign sales area to credit control area Menu IMG Estrutura do empreendimento  Atribuição  Vendas e distribuição  Atribuir área de vendas à área de controle de crédito Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVTA_KKB)2. On the Change View “Sales Area: Allocation to Credit Control Area”: Overview screen make the following entries in row CCAr: SOrg. DChl DV CCAr 1000 10 10 1000 1000 20 10 1000 1000 30 10 1000 1100 10 10 1000 1100 20 10 1000 1100 30 10 10003. Choose Save.© SAP AG Page 67 of 226
  • 68. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideDefining Relevant Item CategoriesUseThis activity will mark item categories relevant for picking.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Picking → Define Relevant Item Categories Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Picking  Determinar tipos de item relevantes Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVLP_KOM)2. For the row with the ItCa of TAC, select the Relevant for Picking checkbox.3. Choose Save.Defining Incompleteness ProceduresUseThis activity will define Incompleteness Procedures.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Log of Incomplete Items → Define Incompleteness Procedures Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Dados incompletos  Definir esquemas de dados incompletos Transaction Code OVA22. Select the row with Group H and then double-click Procedures.3. Choose Display → Change.4. Choose New Entries.5. Make the following entries: Field Name Description User action and values Note InProc Y1 Description Min.delivery item6. Choose Save.7. Select the Y1 row and then double-click Fields.8. Choose New Entries.9. Make the following entries: Tables Field name Screen Status Group V50UC BTREF CHSP_T D8 V50UC OVPIK PIOV_T D8© SAP AG Page 68 of 226
  • 69. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide10. Choose Save.Assigning Incompleteness ProceduresUseThis activity will assign incompleteness procedures to delivery item categories.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Incompletion Control for Deliveries → Assign Incompleteness Procedures Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Controle de dados incompletos para fornecimentos  Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVLP_VUV)2. Double-click Assign incompletion forms to the delivery item types.3. Choose New Entries.4. Make the following entries: Item category Incompletion procedure DLP Y15. Choose Save.Defining and Assigning Text Determination ProceduresUseThe text types of a text object are grouped together in text determination procedures. Youassign a text determination procedure using certain keys, for example, account groupcustomer or sales document type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Text Control → Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição → Funções básicas → Controle de texto → Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto Transaction Code VOTXN2. In the Text object pane, select Header radio under Delivery and choose Change.3. In the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Text procedure assignment.4. In the RL row, make the following entries: Delivery typ TextDetermProcedure Description RL 02 Returns (Pur.Ord.)© SAP AG Page 69 of 226
  • 70. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide5. Choose Save.6. Choose Back twice.7. In the Text object pane, select Item radio under Delivery and choose Change.8. In the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Text procedure assignment.9. In the RLN row, make the following entries: Item category TextDetermProcedure Description RLN 02 Returns order10. Choose Save.11. Choose Back twice.Assigning Material Determination Procedures to Sales Document TypesUseThis activity will assign material determination procedures to sales document types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Material Determination → Assign Procedures To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação de material  Atribuir esquemas aos tipos de doc.vendas Transaction Code OV142. For sales document type OR, enter the material determination procedure A00001.3. Choose Save.ResultThe material determination procedure is assigned.Down Payment ConfigurationDefining Billing Plan TypesUseThis activity will define a billing type for milestone billing.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Plan → Define Billing Plan Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Programa de faturamento  Definir tipo de programa de faturamento Transaction Code OVBO© SAP AG Page 70 of 226
  • 71. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. On the Choose Activity screen choose Maintain billing plan types for milestone billing.3. Choose New Entries.4. Make the following entries: Billing Plan Start Date Date Category Online Order FCode- Type OvervScrn Y1 01 04 X 00035. Choose Save.Date categoryUseIn this activity you maintain date categories for the billing plan types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Plan → Define and Assign Date Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Programa de faturamento  Definir denominações da data Transaction Code OVBJ2. On the Choose Activity screen choose Maintain Date Category for Billing Plan Type.3. Choose New Entries.4. Make the following entries: Billing Date Text Date Text Billing Fixed Billing Billing Plan Category descript. Rule Date Block Type Type Y1 01 Milestone 0003 Contract 1 02 billing Conclusion Y1 02 Closing 0008 Closing 3 02 Invoice Invoice Y1 03 Down 0009 Down 4 02 FAZ payment Payment request (proc.) Y1 04 Down 0009 Down 5 0 02 FAZ payment payment request (amount)5. Choose Save.Defining and Assigning Item Category YBAOUseThis activity will define and assign item category YBAOProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 71 of 226
  • 72. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Item → Define Item Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item do documento de vendas  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code VOV72. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Item category YBAO Milestone-Bill.Plan Billing Relevance I Billing Plan Type Y1 Pricing X Business item Selected Sched.Line Allowed Selected Wght/Vol.Relevant Selected Determine Cost Selected Incompletion procedure 20 PartnerDetermProced N TextDetermProcedure 01 Item Cat.Stats.Group 1 Screen Seq.Grp N4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.Defining Item Categories for DeliveriesUseIn this menu option you define your item categories for deliveries.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistic Execution → Shipping → Deliveries → Define Item Categories for Deliveries Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Fornecimentos  Definir tipos de item para fornecimentos Transaction Code 0VLP2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Item Doc.Categ. Mat.no.’0’allowed ItemCat.stat.group Category YBAO J X 1© SAP AG Page 72 of 226
  • 73. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Check Check Check overdelivery Relevant for StLocation quantity 0 minimum qty picking required A A A X X Determine Auto Batch Determination StLoc X X4. Choose Save.Assigning Item CategoriesUseThis activity will assign item categories to sales documents.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Item → Assign Item Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item do documento de vendas  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T184)2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Sales Item Default Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Document Category Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Type Group Category category category category category category category category TA NORM TAN TAP TAQ TANN TAW DSI TAO YBAO4. Choose Save.Copying Control: Sales Document to Billing DocumentUseThis activity will define copying control logic from Sales Document types to Billing Types.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity use the following navigation: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Maintain Copying Control for Billing Documents → Copying Control: Sales Document to Billing Document Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de faturamento  Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.faturamento  Controle de cópia: doc.vendas  doc.faturamento© SAP AG Page 73 of 226
  • 74. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code VTFA2. On the Display View Header: Overview screen, choose Display <> Change.3. Select a combination of target billing type and source sales document type.4. In the Dialog Structure screen area, double-click Item.5. Choose New Entries.6. Make the following entries: Target Source Item Copying Data Billing Pos./neg. Pricing Billing Sales Doc Category requirements VBRK/VBRP quantity quantity type Type Type F2 TSA YBAO 023 000 A + G F5 AA YBAO 008 000 C G F5 TA YBAO 008 000 C G F5 TAV YBAO 008 000 C G F5 TSA YBAO 008 000 C G FAZ TA YBAO 020 000 A + G FAZ TAV YBAO 020 000 A + G FAZ TSA YBAO 020 000 A + G F1 AA YBAO 002 001 C + C F1 TA YBAO 002 001 C + C F1 TAV YBAO 002 001 C + C F1 TSA YBAO 002 001 C + C F2 AA YBAO 002 000 A + G F2 TA YBAO 023 000 A + K F2 TAV YBAO 023 000 A + K7. Choose Save.8. Choose Back.Specifying Copy Controls for DeliveriesUseThis activity will copy controls.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Copying Control → Specify Copy Control for Deliveries Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Controle de cópia  Determinar controle de cópia para fornecimentos Transaction Code VTLA© SAP AG Page 74 of 226
  • 75. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. On the Display View Header: Overview screen, choose Display <> Change.3. Select the required combinations of source sales document type and delivery type. Double-click Item in the Dialog Structure pane.4. Choose New Entries.5. Make the following entries: Sales Delivery ItemCat Order Item Item Business Update +/- Doc Type requirements Data Ext. Data doc Type System flow OR JF YBAO 101 101 2 X + AA LF YBAO 101 101 2 X + CH LF YBAO 101 101 2 X + OR LF YBAO 101 101 2 X + TAV LF YBAO 101 101 2 X + TSA LF YBAO 101 101 2 X +6. Choose Save.7. Choose Back.ResultControls are copied.Determination of requirement types using transactionUseIn this activity you determine the relation between item category and requirement type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistic Executions → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions→ Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements → Transfer of Requirements → Determination of Requirement Types using Transaction Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Bases  Transf.necessidades  Determinação do tipo de necessidade através da operação Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVEPZ_V)2. On the Change View “Assignment of Requirement Types to Transaction”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below. Field Name Description User action and values Comment Item category YBAO MRP Tpye Reqmts type KE Source© SAP AG Page 75 of 226
  • 76. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Save your settings.5. Choose Back (F3) twice.Defining Delivery Item CategoryUseThis activity will define the delivery item category YBAO.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Deliveries → Define Item Categories for Deliveries Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Expedição  Fornecimentos  Definir tipos de item para fornecimentos Transaction Code OVLP2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Field Name Description User action and values Comment Item Category YBAO Document cat J Delivery Mat.no.’0’ allowed X ItemCat.stat.group 1 Check quantity 0 A Note about the situation Check minimum qty A Note about the situation Check overdelivery A Note about the situation Relevant for picking Selected StLocation required Selected Determine SLoc Selected AutoBatchDeterm Selected4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.ResultThe delivery item category is defined.Defining and Assigning Text Determination ProceduresUseThe text types of a text object are grouped together in text determination procedures. Youassign a text determination procedure using certain keys, for example, account groupcustomer or sales document type.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:© SAP AG Page 76 of 226
  • 77. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Text Control → Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures Menu IMG 1.1.1.1 Vendas e distribuição → Funções básicas → Controle de texto → Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto Transaction Code VOTXN2. In the Text object pane, select Item radio under Delivery and choose Change.3. In the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Text procedure assignment.4. In the YBAO row, make the following entries: Item Cat TextDetermProcedure Description YBAO 02 Standard Item IM5. Choose Save.6. Choose Back twice.SIS ConfigurationSIS Header ConfigurationUseThis activity will make the necessary settings at the header level for Sales Information SystemsettingsProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics – General → Logistics Information System (LIS) → Logistics Data Warehouse → Updating → Updating Control → Settings: Sales → Update Group → Assign Update Group at Header Level Menu IMG Logística geral  Sistema de informação para logística (SIL)  Logistics Data Warehouse  Controle da atualização  Configurações Vendas  Grupo de atualização  Atribuir grupo de atualização a nível de cabeçalho Transaction Code OVRO2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Field Name User action and values Sales Org 1000 Dist Channel 10 Division 10 Customer Stats Group 1 StatGrpSales Doc 01 Update Group 000001© SAP AG Page 77 of 226
  • 78. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.6. Repeat steps 2 to 5, using a StatGrpSalesDoc of 02 and an Update Group of 000002.SIS Item ConfigurationUseIn this activity, you make all the necessary settings at item level for the Sales InformationSystem.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics → General → Logistics Information System (LIS) → Logistics Data Warehouse → Updating → Updating Control → Settings: Sales → Update Group → Assign Update Group at Item Level Menu IMG Logística geral  Sistema de informação para logística (SIL)  Logistics Data Warehouse  Controle da atualização  Configurações Vendas  Grupo de atualização  Atribuir grupo de atualização a nível de item Transaction Code OVRP2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Field Name User action and values Sales Org 1000 (1100) Dist Channel 10 Division 10 Customer Stats Group 1 CustGroupMaterial 1 StatGrpSales Doc 01 StatGrpDocumentItm 1 Update Group 0000014. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.6. Repeat steps 2 to 5, using the following data: Field Name One Two Three Sales Org 1000 (1100) 1000 (1100) 1000 (1100) Dist Channel 10 10 10 Division 10 10 10 Customer Stats Group 1 1 1 CustGroupMaterial 1 1 1 StatGrpSales Doc 01 02 02© SAP AG Page 78 of 226
  • 79. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name One Two Three StatGrpDocumentItm 02 01 02 Update Group 000002 000001 000002Activate SIS Info StructuresUseIn this activity, you activate the Sales Info Structures.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics – General → Logistics Information System (LIS) → Logistics Data Warehouse → Updating → Updating Control → Activate Update Menu IMG Logística geral  Logistics Data Warehouse  Atualização  Controle da atualização  Ativar atualização Transaction Code SPRO / OMO12. In the Choose Activity dialog box, double-click Sales and Distribution.3. Double-click on Info Structure S001.4. On the Parameters dialog box, make the following entries: Field name User action and values InfoStrc S001 Period split Posting period Fiscal year variant K4 Updating Asynchronous updating (2)5. Choose Continue.6. Repeat steps 3 to 5, using the following data: Field name S003 S004 InfoStrc S003 S004 Period split Posting period Posting period Fiscal year variant K4 K4 Updating Asynchronous updating (2) Asynchronous updating (2)7. Choose Save.8. Choose Back.© SAP AG Page 79 of 226
  • 80. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideLE Output ControlMaintaining output determination procedures for outbound deliveriesUseThis activity defines output determination procedures for documents.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics Execution → Shipping → Basic Shipping Functions → Output Control → Output Determination → Maintain Output Determination for Outbound Deliveries → Maintain Output Determination Procedure Menu IMG Logistics Execution  Bases  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para entregas  Atualizar esquema de mensagens Transaction Code SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V2)2. Highlight the row containing V10000 Header Output and then double-click Control data.3. Choose New Entries, and maintain the following data: Step Cntr Ctyp Requirement 10 1 LD00 1 30 0 WMTA 32 50 1 YBL1 14. Choose Save and then choose Back.Maintaining Output Determination Procedure for Shipping Units - ControlUseIn this activity, you maintain the output determination procedure for shipping units.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Logistics General → Handling Unit Management → Output → Maintain Output Determination for Handling Units → Maintain Output Determination Procedure Menu IMG Logística geral  Administração de unidades comerciais  Mensagens  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para unidades comerciais  Atualizar esquema de mensagens Transaction Code SM34 (Customizing Object VVC_T683_XX_V6)2. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data:© SAP AG Page 80 of 226
  • 81. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field Name Description User action and values Notes Procedure 000001 Descript. Standard3. Choose Save.4. Highlight the row you just created and then double-click Control Data.5. Choose New Entries, then maintain the following data: Step Cntr Ctyp Requirement 10 30 MALB6. Choose Save and then choose Back.Sales Order Processing IIMaintaining Copy Control for Sales Documents (QT)UseIn this activity, you maintain the copy control for sales document type QT.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Maintain Copy Control for Sales Documents Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.vendas Transaction Code VTAA2. Double-click Copying Control: Sales Document to Sales Document.3. Choose Display → Change.4. Choose New Entries.5. Make the following entries: Target SalesDocType QT From SalesDocType QT Copying requirements 001 Data transfer VBAK 051 Data transfer VBKD 101 Data transfer VBPA 001 Copy Item Number Selected6. Choose Save.7. Choose Back.8. Select the row you just created and then in the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Item.9. Choose New Entries.10. Make the following entries: ItemCatProposal AGN© SAP AG Page 81 of 226
  • 82. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category AGN Copying Reqmts 301 Data Xfer VBAP 151 Data Xfer VBKD 102 Data Xfer VBPA 002 Data Xfer FPLA 251 Copy Sched Lines X Update Doc Flow X Pos./neg. quantity + Pricing type D11. Choose Save.12. Choose Back twice.13. Select the row you just created and then in the Dialog Structure pane, double-click Schedule Line.14. Choose New Entries.15. Make the following entries: SchdLneCatProposal BN Sched.Line Cat. BN DataT 201 Copying Requirements 50116. Choose Save.17. Choose Back.18. Repeat these steps for the following information: Target SalesDocType QT From SalesDocType IN Copying requirements 001 Data transfer VBAK 051 Data transfer VBKD 101 Data transfer VBPA 001 Copy Item Number Selected Proposed item cat AGC AGN AGNN Item category AFC AFN AFNN AFTX AFX Copying Reqmts 301 301 301 301 301 Data Xfer VBAP 151 151 151 151 151 Data Xfer VBKD 102 102 102 102 102 Data Xfer VBPA 002 002 002 002 002 Data Xfer FPLA 251 251 251 251 251 Copy Sched lLines X X X X© SAP AG Page 82 of 226
  • 83. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Update Doc Flow X X X X X Pos./neg. quantity + + + + + Pricing type B B D D B Sched.Line Cat. AT BP DataT 201 201 Copying Requirements 501 501Assigning Item CategoriesUseThis activity will assign item categories to sales documents.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Item → Assign Item Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item do documento de vendas  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code SM30 (Customizing Object V_T184)2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Sales Item Default Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Document Category Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Item Type Group Category category category category category category category category OR NORM TAN TAP TAQ TANN TAW DSI TAO YBAO IN YBNA AFN4. Choose Save.Defining Item CategoriesUseThis activity will define item categories.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Sales Document Item → Define Item Categories Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item do documento de vendas  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code VOV7© SAP AG Page 83 of 226
  • 84. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. Choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Item Billing Billing PricingBusiness Sched.Line Wght/Vol Determi Credit Screen Special category Relevance Plan item Allowed .Relevant ne Cost active Seq.Gr Stock Type p YB1 B X X X X X N YB2 F X X X X X X N YB01 X X N YB05 X X X X X N YBAB A X X X X X N E YBAO I Y1 X X X X X N Item category Description YB1 3rd Party with SN YB2 3rd Party w/o SN YB01 Ret. Packaging del. YB05 Batch Split Item YBAB Bought-In Item YBAO Free of Charge Item4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.Setting up Partner Determination Procedure Assignment for Item categoriesUseIn this activity, you define the rules that should be used to perform automatic partnerdetermination.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Partner Determination → Set Up Partner Determination Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação de parceiro  Definir determinação do parceiro Transaction Code SM34 (Customizing Object VC_TPAR_VP)© SAP AG Page 84 of 226
  • 85. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. On the Choose Activity screen choose Set Up Partner Determination for Sales Document Item.3. On the Change View “Partner Determination Procedures”: Overview screen select N (Standard item).4. From the dialog structure on the left of the screen, choose Partner Determination Procedure Assignment.5. Make the following assignments: Item category Description YB1 T YB2 T YB01 N YB05 N YBAB TMaintaining Item Category Assign Text Determination ProcedureUseIn this activity, you assign the text determination procedure to item categories.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Text Control → Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures Menu IMG 1.1.1.2 Vendas e distribuição →Funções básicas →Controle de texto → Definir e atribuir esquemas de texto Transaction Code VOTXN2. On the Customizing Text Determination screen, select Sales Document – Item and choose Change.3. From the dialog structure on the left of the screen, choose Text procedure assignment.4. Make the following assignments. Item category TextDetermProcedure YB1 01 YB2 01 YB01 YB05 01 YBAB 01 YBAO 015. Choose Save.ResultThe text determination procedure is assigned.© SAP AG Page 85 of 226
  • 86. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideAssigning Incompleteness ProceduresUseIn this activity, you assign incompleteness procedures to item categories.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Basic Functions → Log of incomplete item l → Assign Incompleteness Procedures Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Dados incompletos  Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos Transaction Code VUP22. On the Choose Activity screen choose Assign procedures to the item categories.3. Make the following assignments. Item category Incompletion procedure YB1 28 YB2 28 YB01 YB05 20 YBAB 28Maintaining Copying Control Delivery Document to Billing DocumentUseIn this activity you specify copy controls.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Maintain Copying Control For Billing Documents Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de faturamento  Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.faturamento Transaction Code VTFL2. Choose Copying Control: Delivery document to billing document in the dialog box Choose Activity.3. On the Change View: “Header”: Overview screen, mark the relevant lines with billing type and delivery type in the dialog box Header.4. Make the following entries: Target Bill Type From Assignment Reference Copying requirements Delivery Number Number© SAP AG Page 86 of 226
  • 87. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Type F2 LF 003 F8 LF 0095. Select the relevant combinations and double click on Item in the Dialog Structure.6. On the Change View “Item”: Overview screen make the following entries: Target Bill Type y From Delivery Type Item Category Bill Qty VBRK/VB RP F2 LF TAN G 001 F2 LF TANN G F2 LF TAQ G F8 LF TAN D 001 F8 LF TANN D F8 LF TAQ D Note that the Billing quantity is set to G (Cumulative batch quantity minus invoiced quantity) to allow the billing of batch split items.7. Save your settings.© SAP AG Page 87 of 226
  • 88. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide3.4 PREPARE SD BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION (O035)SD BILLINGBilling: Document TypesUseThe purpose of this activity is to define billing types.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Define IMG Menu Billing Types Vendas e distribuição → Faturamento → Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento → Definir tipo de documento de faturamento Transaction Code SPRO / VOFA2. In the dialog box, choose the activity Define Billing Types.3. On the Change View “Define Billing Types”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. Make the following entries: Billing Type Description F2B Nota Fiscal FA Advance Invoice BR FAR Fut. Dely Invoice BR FC NF Consign.Issue FCR NF Consign.Fill-up FST NF for Ship TO FTB NF Transfer G2B Credit Memo BR L2B Debit Memo BR REB Cr. Returns BR YIV Intercompany Billing BR4. On the Change View “Define Billing Types”: Details screen, make the entries:Number systems Billing Type No. Range int. Assgn. Item no. increment F2B 19 FA 19 FAR 19 FC 19 FCR 19 FST 19 FTB 19 G2B 19 L2B 19 1© SAP AG Page 88 of 226
  • 89. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Billing Type No. Range int. Assgn. Item no. increment REB 19 YIV 19General Control Billing SD doc. Transac. Post. Stat. Inv. Rel. For Other fields Type Cat. Group Block List rebate type F2B M 7 X LR X leave blank FA M 7 X LR X leave blank FAR M 7 X LR X leave blank FC M 7 X LR X leave blank FCR M 7 X LR X leave blank FST M 7 X LR X leave blank FTB M 7 X LR X leave blank G2B O 7 X LG X leave blank L2B P 7 X LR X leave blank REB O 7 X X LG X leave blank YIV I 7 X LR X leave blankCancelation Billing Type Canc. Billing type Other fields F2B S1 leave blank FA S1 FAR S1 FC S1 FCR S1 FST S1 FTB S1 G2B S2 L2B S1 REB S2 YIV IVSAccount assignment/pricing Billing Type Acct.Determ.Proc Acct.det.pay.cards Doc.pric. Other fields procedure F2B KOFI00 A00001 A leave blank FA KOFI00 A00001 E leave blank FAR KOFI00 A00001 F leave blank© SAP AG Page 89 of 226
  • 90. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Billing Type Acct.Determ.Proc Acct.det.pay.cards Doc.pric. Other fields procedure FC KOFI00 A00001 M leave blank FCR KOFI00 A00001 K leave blank FST KOFI00 A00001 A leave blank FTB KOFI00 A00001 A leave blank G2B KOFI00 A00001 leave blank L2B KOFI00 A00001 leave blank REB KOFI00 A00001 leave blank YIV KOFI00 A00001 I leave blankOutput/partners/texts Delivery text Text determ Proced. Item Output determ. Item partn. Other fields Head. Partn. Output type Application Billing Type Text det. Proced Proced. F2B V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank FA V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank FAR V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 X leave blank FC V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank FCR V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank FST V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank FTB V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank G2B V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank L2B V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank REB V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank YIV V10000 V3 RD00 FK FP 03 04 leave blank5. Choose Save.6. Choose Back.© SAP AG Page 90 of 226
  • 91. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideSD SALES DOCUMENTSIncompletion LogUseIn this IMG activity, you define the incompleteness procedures that should apply to thevarious incompleteness objects.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Configuration → Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions → Log of IMG Menu Incomplete Terms → Define Incompletion Procedures Configuration → Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas → Menu IMG Dados incompletos → Definir esquemas de dados incompletos Transaction Code OVA22. Select A: Sales Header, and double click on Procedures.3. Select Change (Ctrl + F4), then New Entries (F5), and enter the following entries: In Procedure Description 11 Standard Order 12 Outline Agreement 14 Credit Memo 15 Debit Memo JC Order with Cust. NF JH Return with Cust. NF JP RTP Ret. w. Cust. NF JQ RTP Ret. w. Own NF JS Order f. NF Simp. Ft4. Select each one of the entries above and double click on Fields. Enter the following entries: Incomp. Table Field Name Status group Send warning Screen Process. Proced. Seq. 11 VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 11 VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 11 VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 11 VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 11 VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 11 VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 0 12 VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 12 VBAK GUEBG 4 X KKAU 0 12 VBAK GUEEN 4 X KKAU 0 12 VBAK VSBED 2 KDE2 0 12 VBAK WAERK 4 KKAU 0 12 VBKD BSTKD 1 KBES 0 12 VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 12 VBKD KURSK 3 KKAU 0 12 VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 12 VBKD ZTERM 4 KDE3 0 14 VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0© SAP AG Page 91 of 226
  • 92. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Incomp. Table Field Name Status group Send warning Screen Process. Proced. Seq. 14 VBAK AUGRU 3 X KKAU 0 14 VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 14 VBKD KURSK 3 KKAU 0 14 VBKD PRSDT 3 KKAU 0 15 VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 15 VBAK AUGRU 4 KKAU 0 15 VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 15 VBKD PRSDT 3 KKAU 0 15 VBKD ZTERM 3 KDE3 0 JC VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 JC VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 JC VBAK XBLNR 2 KBUC 0 JC VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 JC VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 JC VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 JC VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 0 JH VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 JH VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 JH VBAK XBLNR 2 KBUC 0 JH VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 JH VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 JH VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 JH VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 0 JP VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 JP VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 JP VBAK XBLNR 2 KBUC 0 JP VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 JP VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 JP VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 JP VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 0 JQ VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 JQ VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 JQ VBAK XBLNR 2 KBUC 0 JQ VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 JQ VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 JQ VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 JQ VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 0 JS VBAK AUDAT 1 KKAU 0 JS VBAK WAERK 3 KKAU 0 JS VBKD BSTKD 1 X KBES 0 JS VBKD INCO1 4 KDE3 0 JS VBKD PRSDT 4 KKAU 0 JS VBKD ZTERM 3 X KDE3 05. Choose Save.6. Select B: Sales Item, and double click on Procedures.7. Select Change (Ctrl + F4), then New Entries (F5), and enter the following entries: In Procedure Description B1 Standard Item BR B2 Free of Charge BR B3 Value Item BR BC Cons./Packaging BR© SAP AG Page 92 of 226
  • 93. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide In Procedure Description BT Third-Party Item BR8. Select each one of the entries above and double click on Fields. Enter the following entries: Incomp. Table Field Name Status group Send warning Screen Process. Proced. Seq. B1 VBAP ANZSN 4 POTO 0 B1 VBAP ARKTX 4 PKAU 0 B1 VBAP BRGEW 4 PDE2 0 B1 VBAP J_1BCFOP 3 PLND 0 B1 VBAP J_1BTAXLW1 3 PLND 0 B1 VBAP J_1BTAXLW2 3 PLND 0 B1 VBAP J_1BTXSDC 3 PLND 0 B1 VBAP KWMENG 4 X PKAU 10 B1 VBAP NETWR 4 PKON 0 B1 VBAP NTGEW 4 PDE2 0 B1 VBAP OBJNR 1 PKNT 0 B1 VBAP PRSOK 6 PKON 0 B1 VBAP TECHS 2 POEF 0 B1 VBAP VSTEL 2 PDE2 0 B1 VBAP WERKS 2 PDE2 20 B1 VBKD INCO1 4 PDE3 0 B1 VBKD PRSDT 4 PKAU 0 B1 VBKD ZTERM 4 PDE3 0 B2 VBAP ANZSN 4 POTO 0 B2 VBAP ARKTX 3 PKAU 0 B2 VBAP BRGEW 1 PDE2 0 B2 VBAP J_1BCFOP 3 PLND 0 B2 VBAP J_1BTAXLW1 3 PLND 0 B2 VBAP J_1BTAXLW2 3 PLND 0 B2 VBAP J_1BTXSDC 3 PLND 0 B2 VBAP KWMENG 2 PKAU 0 B2 VBAP PRSOK 6 PKON 0 B2 VBAP TECHS 2 POEF 0 B2 VBAP VSTEL 2 PDE2 0 B2 VBAP WERKS 4 PDE2 0 B3 VBAP ARKTX 4 PKAU 0 B3 VBAP J_1BTXSDC 3 PLND 0 B3 VBAP PRSOK 4 PKON 0 B3 VBAP WERKS 2 PDE2 0 B3 VBKD PRSDT 4 PKAU 0 B3 VBKD ZTERM 4 PDE3 0 BC VBAP ANZSN 4 POTO 0 BC VBAP ARKTX 4 PKAU 0 BC VBAP BRGEW 4 PDE2 0 BC VBAP J_1BCFOP 3 PLND 0 BC VBAP J_1BTAXLW1 3 PLND 0 BC VBAP J_1BTAXLW2 3 PLND 0 BC VBAP J_1BTXSDC 3 PLND 0 BC VBAP KWMENG 4 X PKAU 10 BC VBAP NETWR 4 PKON 0 BC VBAP NTGEW 4 PDE2 0 BC VBAP OBJNR 1 PKNT 0© SAP AG Page 93 of 226
  • 94. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Incomp. Table Field Name Status group Send warning Screen Process. Proced. Seq. BC VBAP PRSOK 6 PKON 0 BC VBAP TECHS 2 POEF 0 BC VBAP VSTEL 2 PDE2 0 BC VBAP WERKS 2 PDE2 20 BC VBKD INCO1 4 PDE3 0 BC VBKD PRSDT 4 PKAU 0 BC VBKD ZTERM 4 PDE3 0 BT VBAP ARKTX 4 PKAU 0 BT VBAP J_1BCFOP 3 PLND 0 BT VBAP J_1BTAXLW1 3 PLND 0 BT VBAP J_1BTAXLW2 3 PLND 0 BT VBAP J_1BTXSDC 3 PLND 0 BT VBAP PRSOK 4 PKON 0 BT VBAP WERKS 2 PDE2 0 BT VBKD PRSDT 4 PKAU 0 BT VBKD ZTERM 4 PDE3 0Maintain Sales Order TypesUseThe sales documents types represent the different business transactions in Sales andperform a central controlling function for the entire sales order process.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution  Sales  Sales Documents  Sales IMG Menu Document Header  Define Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Menu IMG Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Definir tipos de doc.vendas Transaction Code VOV82. On screen Modificar visão “Atualização dos tipos de ordem: Síntese ”, check the sales orders types configurations and change them if necessary. TipoDV Denominação COB Sched. Agreement BR CRB Credit Memo Req. BR CXB Corr. f. Error BR DLB Dely w/o Order BR DRB Debit Memo Req. BR DXB Debit Memo Req. BR KBB Consignment Issue BR KEB Consignment Sales BR LAB Ret. Pack. Pickup BR ORB Standard Order BRA© SAP AG Page 94 of 226
  • 95. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide TipoDV Denominação RCM Rem.p/cta.e ord.merc RCS Rem.p/ cta. simpl.f. REB Returns Customer NF ROB Returns Own NF VDOR Venda a Ordem BR VEF Future Dlvy Sales VEFR Future Dlvy Shipment YCO Quotation BRHeader Sales Doc Type SD document categ Other fields… COB E blank CRB K blank CXB K blank DLB C blank DRB L blank DXB L blank KBB C blank KEB C blank LAB C blank ORB C blank RCM C blank RCS L blank REB H blank ROB H blank VDOR C blank VEF L blank VEFR C blank YCO B blankNumber systems Sales Doc Internal range External range Item increment Sub-item increment Type COB 07 08 10 10 CRB 13 14 10 10 CXB 13 14 10 10 DLB 01 02 10 10 DRB 15 16 10 10© SAP AG Page 95 of 226
  • 96. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Doc Internal range External range Item increment Sub-item increment Type DXB 15 16 10 10 KBB 01 08 10 10 KEB 01 08 10 10 LAB 13 14 10 10 ORB 01 02 10 10 RCM 01 02 10 10 RCS 15 16 10 10 REB 13 14 10 10 ROB 13 14 10 10 VDOR 01 02 10 10 VEF 15 16 10 10 VEFR 01 02 10 10 YCO 05 90 10 10General Control Item division Check credit Credit group Other fields Mandatory Read info- Sales Doc Probabi. division Output applic. record Check Type limit Ref. COB 100 A V1 X blank CRB M 100 V1 X blank CXB M 100 V1 X blank DLB 100 V1 X blank DRB M 0 V1 X blank DXB M 0 V1 X blank KBB 1 100 C V1 X blank KEB M 1 100 V1 X blank LAB M 100 V1 X blank ORB 2 100 V1 X X blank RCM 2 100 V1 X X blank RCS M 0 V1 X blank REB M 100 V1 X blank ROB M 100 V1 X blank VDOR 2 100 V1 X X blank VEF 0 V1 X blank VEFR M 2 100 01 V1 X X blank YCO 070 V1 X blank© SAP AG Page 96 of 226
  • 97. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTransaction Flow Transaction Screen seq. Other fields agrmt mes procedure overv. Scr Sales Doc Fcode for Procedu. Incompl. ProdAttr Doc.pric messag Display Outline Group group range Type COB LP 12 3 A UALL UER2 blank CRB GA 14 0 A UALL UER2 blank CXB GA 14 0 A UALL UER2 blank DLB AU 0 A UALL UER2 blank DRB GA 15 0 A UALL UER2 blank DXB GA 15 0 A UALL UER2 blank KBB AU 0 K UALL UER2 blank KEB AU 11 0 M UALL UER1 blank LAB AU 0 A UALL UER1 blank ORB AU 11 0 A UALL UER1 A blank RCM AU JC 0 A UALL UER1 A blank RCS GA JS 0 A UALL UER1 blank REB RE JH 0 A UALL UER1 blank ROB RE 14 0 A UALL UER1 blank VDOR AU 11 0 A UALL UER1 A blank VEF GA JS 0 E UALL UER2 blank VEFR AU 11 0 F UALL UER1 A blank YCO AU 10 2 A UALL UER2 blankSceduling Agreement Sales Order Type All Fields… COB blank CRB blank CXB blank DLB blank DRB blank DXB blank KBB blank KEB blank LAB blank ORB blank RCM blank LAB blank© SAP AG Page 97 of 226
  • 98. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Order Type All Fields… REB blank ROB blank VDOR blank VEF blank VEFR blank YCO blankShipping© SAP AG Page 98 of 226
  • 99. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Order Delivery Type Shipping Immediate Other fields… Type conditions delivery COB LF blank CRB blank CXB blank DLB blank DRB blank DXB blank KBB LF blank KEB LF blank LAB LR blank ORB LF 01 blank RCM LF blank REB LR blank ROB LR blank VDOR LF blank VEF blank VEFR LF blank YCO LF 01 blankBilling Paymt card plan type Order-rel billing type Paymt guarant. Proc CndType line items Dlv-rel billing type Interomp.bill.type Billing plan type Billing plan type Checking group Sales Doc Type Billing block Other fields COB F2B blank CRB G2B 08 02 01 03 01 blank CXB G2B 08 02 01 03 01 blank DLB FTB FTB IV blank DRB L2B IV 09 EK01 02 01 03 01 blank DXB L2B IV 09 EK01 02 01 03 01 blank KBB FCR FCR blank KEB FC FC IV blank LAB REB REB blank ORB F2B F2B YIV EK02 01 03 01 blank RCM FST FST IV EK02 01 03 01 blank RCS F2B IV EK01 02 01 03 01 blank© SAP AG Page 99 of 226
  • 100. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Interomp.bill.ty guarant. Proc Dlv-rel billing CndType line Billing block Other fields Billing plan Paymt card Billing plan billing type Sales Doc Checking plan type Order-rel Paymt group items Type type type type pe REB REB REB IG 08 01 03 01 blank ROB REB REB IG 08 01 03 01 blank VDOR F2B F2B IV EK02 01 03 01 blank VEF FA FA IV EK01 02 01 03 01 blank VEFR FAR FAR IV EK02 01 03 01 blank YCO F2B F2B 01 03 01 blankRequested delivery date/purchase order date Sales Order Type Propose del. Date Date Type Other fields… COB X blank CRB X blank CXB X blank DLB X blank DRB X blank DXB X blank KBB X blank KEB X blank LAB X blank ORB X blank RCM X blank RCS X blank REB X blank ROB X blank VDOR X blank VEF X blank VEFR X blank YCO X blankContract TipoOrd Billing request Subs.order type Other fields COB blank CRB blank CXB blank DLB blank DRB blank© SAP AG Page 100 of 226
  • 101. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide TipoOrd Billing request Subs.order type Other fields DXB blank KBB blank KEB blank LAB blank ORB blank RCM blank RCS blank REB blank ROB SD blank VDOR DR SD blank VEF blank VEFR blank YCO blank7. Choose Save.8. Choose Back.Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types (BR)UseIn this menu option, you allocate the allowed order types to each sales area.Procedure 1. vAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution  Sales  Sales Documents  Sales Documents Header  Assign Sales Area To Sales Document Types Menu IMG Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Cabeçalho de documento de vendas  Atribuir área de vendas a tipos de documento de vendas Transaction Code SPRO / SM30 (Customizing Object V_TVAKZ) 2. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Assign sales order types permitted for sales areas. 3. On the Change View: Sales Documents. Allowed Order Types per Sales Org.: Overview screen, choose New Entries and make the following entries: Reference Sales Reference Distribution Reference Division Sales Document Organization Channel Type 1000 10 10 QT 1000 10 10 COB 1000 10 10 ORB 1000 10 10 RCM© SAP AG Page 101 of 226
  • 102. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Reference Sales Reference Distribution Reference Division Sales Document Organization Channel Type 1000 10 10 RCS 1000 10 10 REB 1000 10 10 ROB 1000 10 10 VDOR 1000 10 10 VEF 1000 10 10 VEFR 1000 10 10 CRB 1000 10 10 CXB 1000 10 10 DLB 1000 10 10 DRB 1000 10 10 DXB 1000 10 10 KBB 1000 10 10 KEB 1000 10 10 LAB 1000 10 10 YCO 4. Choose Save and then choose Back.Assign Price Procedure to Billing typeUseYou define the pricing procedures in this step. In addition, you assign the pricing proceduresto the transactions by defining the following dependencies: • Customer • Sales document type • Sales areaProcedure1. To carry out the activity, choose one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Master Data  Basic Functions  Pricing IMG Menu  Pricing Control  Define And Assign Pricing Procedures Vendas e Distribuição → Venda → Documentos de vendas → Item Menu IMG do documento de venda → Definir categorias de item Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen Modificar visão “Billing Types – Billing Procedures ” Overview, make the following entries:© SAP AG Page 102 of 226
  • 103. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Billing Type Doc.Pric.Procedure F2B A FA E FAR F FC M FCR K FST A FTB A G2B L2B REB YIV I 5. Choose Save. 6. Choose Back.Assign Incompletion Procedures For Sales Document TypeUseIn this step, you assign procedures to the different incompleteness objects.Procedure1. To carry out the activity, choose one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Log of Incomplete Items IMG Menu  Assign Incompleteness Procedures Vendas e Distribuição  Funções básicas  Dados incompletos  Menu IMG Atribuir esquemas de dados incompletos Transaction Code SPRO2. Double click in: Assign procedures to the sales document types On screen Modificar visão “Error Logs for Sales Documents Header: Overview”, make the following entries: Sales Doc Type Procedure COB 12 CRB 14 CXB 14 DLB DRB 15 DXB 15 KBB KEB 11 LAB ORB 11 RCM JC RCS JS REB JH ROB 14 VDOR 11 VEF JS© SAP AG Page 103 of 226
  • 104. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Doc Type Procedure VEFR 11 YCO 103. Choose Save.4. Choose Back.SD SALES DOCUMENT ITEM CATEGORIESDefine Item Categories for sales orderUseIn this step, you assign procedures to the different incompleteness objects.Procedure1. To carry out the activity, choose one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Sales  Sales Documents  Sales IMG Menu Document Item  Define Item Categories Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Item Menu IMG do documento de vendas e distribuição  Definir categorias de item Transaction Code SPRO / VOV7 Item Category Description KBNB Consignment Fill-up KENB Consignment Issue LANB RTP Pickup Brazil LBNL RTP Pickup stat. NF LPNB Sched.Agreem.Item BR NLNB ST.StockTransf.ItmBR RBB ST Item Batch BR RBN ST Item BR TBB ST Item Batch BR TBD Dienstleistung BR TBL RTP Shipment BR TBLL RTP Statistic Brazil TBN ST Item BR TBNL Consignment Fill-up TBS Item rem. a terc. BR TBX Non Stock Item BR TANN Free of Charge ItemBusiness Data© SAP AG Page 104 of 226
  • 105. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Credit act Pricing Business item statistical Item Category Special stock Sched. Line Returns Determ Cost Wght/Vol.releva Others Bill relevan allowed nce KBNB A X X X X Blank KENB W A X X X X X X Blank LANB B X Y X X X X Blank LBNL B X X X X X X Blank LPNB A X X X X X X Blank NLNB J X X X Blank RBB B X X X X X Blank RBN B X X X X X Blank TBB A X X X X X Blank TBD B X X X X Blank TBL A X Y X X X Blank TBLL A X X X X X Blank TBN A X X X X X Blank TBNL A X Y X X X X Blank TBS F X X X X X X Blank TBX A X X X X X Blank TANN A X X X X BlankGeneral Control Item category All fields KBNB Blank KENB Blank LANB Blank LBNL Blank LPNB Blank NLNB Blank RBB Blank RBN Blank TBB Blank TBD Blank TBL Blank TBLL Blank TBN Blank TBNL Blank© SAP AG Page 105 of 226
  • 106. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item category All fields TBS Blank TBX Blank TANN BlankTransaction Flow Itm Cat Incompl Partner Det Text Det Itm cat Scr seq Others proced Procedure Procedure status grp grp KBNB BC N 01 N Blank KENB B1 N 01 N Blank LANB B3 N 01 N Blank LBNL B3 N 01 N Blank LPNB 22 N 01 1 N Blank NLNB 20 N 01 1 N Blank RBB B1 N 01 2 N Blank RBN B1 N 01 2 N Blank TBB B1 N 01 1 N Blank TBD B3 T 01 1 N Blank TBL B3 N 01 N Blank TBLL B3 N 01 N Blank TBN B1 B 01 1 N Blank TBNL Blank TBS BT T 01 1 N Blank TBX 25 N 01 1 N Blank TANN 24 N 01 1 N BlankBill of material / configuration Item Category All fields KBNB Blank KENB Blank LANB Blank LBNL Blank LPNB Blank NLNB Blank RBB Blank RBN Blank TBB Blank TBD Blank TBL Blank© SAP AG Page 106 of 226
  • 107. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category All fields TBLL Blank TBN Blank TBNL Blank TBS Blank TBX Blank TANN BlankValue Contract Item Category All fields KBNB Blank KENB Blank LANB Blank LBNL Blank LPNB Blank NLNB Blank RBB Blank RBN Blank TBB Blank TBD Blank TBL Blank TBLL Blank TBN Blank TBNL Blank TBS Blank TBX Blank TANN BlankService Management Item Category All fields KBNB Blank KENB Blank LANB Blank LBNL Blank LPNB Blank NLNB Blank RBB Blank RBN Blank TBB Blank© SAP AG Page 107 of 226
  • 108. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category All fields TBD Blank TBL Blank TBLL Blank TBN Blank TBNL Blank TBS Blank TBX Blank TANN BlankControl of Resource-related billing and creation of quotations Item Category All fields KBNB Blank KENB Blank LANB Blank LBNL Blank LPNB Blank NLNB Blank RBB Blank RBN Blank TBB Blank TBD Blank TBL Blank TBLL Blank TBN Blank TBNL Blank TBS Blank TBX Blank TANN Blank2. Choose Save.3. Choose Back.Assign Item categoriesUseHere you can specify which item categories the system proposes during documentprocessing for each sales document type and item category group.Procedure© SAP AG Page 108 of 226
  • 109. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Vendas e Distribuição → Venda → Documentos de vendas → Item IMG Menu do documento de venda → Atribuir categorias de item Sales and Distribution  Sales  Sales Documents  Sales Menu IMG Documents  Assign Item Categories Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen Modificar visão “Item Category Assignment:Overview ”, check the following entries and change them if necessary: Sales Doc Itm Categ. Usage High level Default Manual Item Manual Item Type Group Item Cat. Item Cat. cat.1 cat.2 KBB NORM KBNB KEB NORM KENB LAB LEIH LANB LANB LAB LEIH RBN LANB RBN LAB VERP LANB RBN ORB DIEN TBD ORB LEIH TBLL TBN ORB LEIH TBX TBLL TBN ORB LEIS TBD ORB NORM TBN TANN ORB NORM TBN TANN ORB NORM FREE TBN ORB NORM FREE TBN TANN RCM LEIH TBLL TBN RCM LEIS TBD TAW RCM NORM TBNL RCM NORM TANN TANN RCM VERP TBLL TBNL TBNL RCM VERP TBN TBNL TBNL RCS LEIS TBD TAW RCS NORM L2N REB LEIH LBNL LANB REB LEIH RBN LBNL LANB REB NORM RBN ROB LEIH LBNL LANB ROB LEIH RBN LBNL LANB ROB NORM RBN VDOR NORM TBS TANN VEF LEIH L2S TBLL VEF LEIS TBD TAW VEF NORM L2N VEF VERP L2N TBL VEFR DIEN TBX TAW VEFR LEIH TBLL TBN VEFR LEIS TBD TAW VEFR NORM TBNDefine Item Categories for DeliveryUse© SAP AG Page 109 of 226
  • 110. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideIn this menu option you define your item categories for deliveries. In connection with thedelivery types, they represent the different business transactions in the SAP System.Procedure1. To carry out the activity, choose one of the following navigation options: Logistics Execution  Shipping  Deliveries  Define Item IMG Menu Categories for Deliveries Logistics Execution  Expedição  Fornecimentos  Definir tipos Menu IMG de item para fornecimentos Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen Modificar visão “Delivery Item categories ”: Overview, make the following entries:Material/statistics Item Category Document. Mat. Nr 0 allow Item cat. Stat. group Stk. Determ. rule Category KBNB J X 1 KENB J LANB J 1 LBNL J 1 LPNB J NLNB J 1 RBB T RBN T TBB J X TBL J 1 TBLL J 1 TBN J X TBNL J TBPS J 1 TBX JQuantity Item Check Check Check Avail Ck Off Rounding Category quantity 0 minimun qty overdelivery KBNB A A A KENB A A A LANB A A A LBNL A A A LPNB A A NLNB A RBB A RBN A TBB A A A TBL A A A TBLL A A TBN A A TBNL TBPS TBX A A© SAP AG Page 110 of 226
  • 111. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideWarehouse control and packing Item Category Relevant for STLocation Determine Auto. Batch others picking required SLoc determ KBNB X X X X blank KENB X X X blank LANB X X blank LBNL X X blank LPNB X X X blank NLNB X X X blank RBB X X blank RBN X X blank TBB X X X X blank TBL X X X blank TBLL X X X blank TBN X X X X blank TBNL X blank TBPS X X X blank TBX blankTransaction Flow Item Category Text Determ. proced Standard text KBNB 02 KENB 02 LANB LBNL LPNB NLNB 02 RBB RBN TBB TBL TBLL TBN 02 TBNL TBPS TBXDefining Item Category Determination in DeliveriesUseThis step defines item category determination in deliveries.ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options: Logistics Execution  Shipping  Deliveries  Define Item Category IMG Menu Determination in Deliveries Logistics Execution  Expedición  Entregas  Definir tipos de Menú IMG posición para entregas Transaction Code 0184© SAP AG Page 111 of 226
  • 112. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideOn the Change View “Delivery item category determination”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.Make the following entries: DlvT ITCG Usg. ITHLV ITMC LF NORM TAN LF NORM CHSP KLN KLN LF NORM PACK DLN LF NORM PSEL TAX TAPS YNLC 0001 V NLC YNLC ERLA CHSP NLC YNLC LEER V NLCU YNLC LEER V NLCG NLCZ YNLC NORM ULN YNLC NORM CHSP NLC YNLC NORM V NLC YNLC VERP DLX YNLC VOLL V NLCGChoose Save .Choose Back .Assign Schedule LineUseThe purpose of this task is to assign schedule line categories.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution → Sales → Sales Documents → Schedule IMG Menu Lines → Assign Schedule Line Categories Vendas e distribuição → Venda → Documentos de vendas → Menu IMG Divisões da remessa → Atribuir categorias de divisões de remessa Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Assign Schedule Line Categories”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. Make the following entries: Item Category MRP Type Prop.sched. line categ. Man.sched. line categ. KBNB E1 E0 KBNB ND E0 KBNB VB E0 KBNB VM E0 KBNB VV E0 KENB C1 C0© SAP AG Page 112 of 226
  • 113. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category MRP Type Prop.sched. line categ. Man.sched. line categ. KENB ND C0 KENB VB C0 KENB VM C0 KENB VV C0 LANB F3 F2 LANB ND F2 LANB VB F2 LANB VM F2 LANB VV F2 LBNL F3 F2 LBNL ND F2 LBNL VB F2 LBNL VM F2 LBNL VV F2 LPNB CP LPNB ND CN LPNB VB CV LPNB VM CV LPNB VV CV NLNB NN RBB DN RBN DN TBB CP CN TBB ND CN TBB P1 CP CN TBB P2 CP CN TBB VB CV TBB VM CV TBB VV CV TBD CP TBL E3 E2 TBL ND E2 TBL VB E2 TBL VM E2 TBL VV E2 TBLL E3 E2 TBLL ND E2 TBLL VB E2 TBLL VM E2 TBLL VV E2 • T B N CP CN TBN ND CN TBN P1 CP CN TBN P2 CP CN TBN VB CV TBN VM CV TBN VV CV TBNL CP CN TBNL ND CN TBNL P1 CP CN TBNL P2 CP CN© SAP AG Page 113 of 226
  • 114. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Item Category MRP Type Prop.sched. line categ. Man.sched. line categ. TBNL VB CV TBNL VM CV TBNL VV CV TBPS PP TBPS ND PN TBX CXSD LOCALIZATION BRAZIL ASSIGN NFAssign Nota Fiscal to Sales OrderUseHere, you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country- IMG Menu specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Specify Nota Fiscal Category Vendas e distribuição Faturamento  Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país - Brasil Determinar tipo nota fiscal Transaction Code SPRO2. Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type NF Type COB N1 COB N1 CRB N3 CXB N3 DLB N1 DRB N2 DXB N2 KBB N1 KEB N1 LAB N5 ORB N1 RCM N1 RCS N1 REB N4 ROB N5 VDOR N1 VEF N1 VEFR N1Maintain Sales Document Item CategoryUse© SAP AG Page 114 of 226
  • 115. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide In this activity, you assign an item type and a main partner function (for example, ship-to party) to a combination of sales order type and item category. You can also assign SD tax codes and specify whether the system is to calculate statistically the ICMS and IPI taxes. Procedure 1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country- IMG Menu specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Maintain Sales Document Item Category Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de IMG Menu faturamento  Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país – Brasil  Atualizar ctg.item doc.vendas Transaction Code SPRO Enter the following data: NF ICMSales Item item NF Main Tax S ICMS IPI ISS Cofins PIS 3rdDoc categ type CFOP Partner code stat law stat IPI Law law law law partyCOB LPNB 1 RE IC0 IP0COB TBB 1 RECOB TBLL 21 RE C0 IC4 X IP1CRB G2N 1 RE IC0 IP0CRB G2W 1 RE IC0 IP0CXB TBB 1 RECXB TBD 1 RE I9 IC0 IP0CXB TBN 1 RE IC0 IP0DLB L2N 1 RE IC0 IP0DLB L2W 1 REDLB NLC 2 RE IC0 IP0DLB NLNB 1 REDRB L2N 1 RE IC0 IP0DRB L2W 1 RE IC0 IP0DXB L2N 1 REDXB L2W 1 REDXB TBB 1 RE IC0 IP0DXB TBD 1 RE I9 IC0 IP0DXB TBN 1 RE IC0 IP0KBB KBNB 52 RE IC0 IP0KEB KENB 51 RE I3 X IC4 X IP1LAB LANB 21 RE C0 IC4 X IP1ORB TANN 1 RE IC0 IP0ORB TAPS 1 RE IC0 IP0ORB TBB 1 RE I3 IC0 IP0ORB TBD YS 2 RE Z9 IC0 IP0 IS0 C01 P01ORB TBLL 21 RE C0 IC4 X IP1ORB TBN 1 RE I3 IC0 IP0ORB TBX 1 RERCM TBB 63 WE I0 X XRCM TBLL 21 WE I0 XRCM TBNL 63 WE I0 X X © SAP AG Page 115 of 226
  • 116. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF ICMSales Item item NF Main Tax S ICMS IPI ISS Cofins PIS 3rdDoc categ type CFOP Partner code stat law stat IPI Law law law law partyRCS L2N 62 WE I0RCS RBB 62 RE I3 IC0 IP0REB LBNL 21 RE C0 XREB RBB 1 REREB RBN 1 REREB RENN 1 REROB LBNL 21 RE C0 X IP1ROB RBB 1 REROB RBN 1 REROB RENN 1 REVDOR TBS 61 WEVEF L2N 41 RE I3 X IC4 IP0VEFR TBB 42 WE I0 IC0 X IP1VEFR TBN 42 WE IC0 X IP1 Maintain Billing Types Use In this activity, you specify: • Which billing types the system is to create a nota fiscal for • Which partner functions and which manual texts appear in the nota fiscal Procedure 1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: IMG → Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  IMG Menu Country-specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Maintain Billing Types IMG → Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento  Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país – Brasil  Atualizar tipos documento de faturamento Transaction Code SPRO Enter the following data: Billing Type NF Main partner Text id Counter Text id Counter relevance id header header lines text text lines F2B X WE 4 4 FA X RE 4 4 FAR X WE 4 4 FC X RE 4 4 FCR X WE 4 4 FST X WE 4 4 FTB X WE 4 4 © SAP AG Page 116 of 226
  • 117. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide G2B X WE 4 4 L2B X RE 4 4 REB X RE 4 4 S1 X WE 4 4 YIV X RE 4 4Maintain Billing Document Item CategoryUseHere, you can define whether a combination of billing type and sales item category is notafiscal relevant.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country- IMG Menu specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Maintain Billing Document Item Category Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país - Brasil Atualizar ctg.item de faturamento Transaction Code SPROEnter the following data: Billing Type Item Category NF relevance F2B L2N X F2B LPNB X F2B TAN X F2B TANN X F2B TAPS X F2B TBB X F2B TBD X F2B TBL X F2B TBLL X F2B TBN X F2B TBNL X F2B TBS X FA L2N X FAR TBN X FC KENB X FCR KBNB X FST TBB X FST TBLL X FST TBNL X FTB NLC X FTB NLNB X G2B G2N X G2B G2W X L2B L2N X L2B L2W X REB LANB X© SAP AG Page 117 of 226
  • 118. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Billing Type Item Category NF relevance REB LBNL X REB RBB X REB RBN X REB RENN X S1 G2N X S1 G2W X S1 KBNB X S1 KENB X S1 L2N X S1 L2W X S1 LPNB X S1 NLNB X S1 TBB X S1 TBD X S1 TBL X S1 TBLL X S1 TBN X S1 TBNL X S1 TBS XMaintain Automatic Nota Fiscal TextsUseHere, you can assign nota fiscal header texts to sales order types.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  IMG Menu Nota Fiscal  Sales and Distribution - Billing Documents  Maintain Automatic Nota Fiscal Header Texts Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de Menu IMG aplicação  Nota fiscal  Vendas e distribuição - documentos de faturamento  Atualizar textos de cabeçalho nota fiscal automáticos Transaction Code SPROEnter the following data: Sales Doc Type Seq. no for text Text Argument COB 10 Scheduling Agreement number: & SCHDAGR_NO CXB 10 Exchange Rate: & CURR_RATE DXB 10 Exchange Rate: & CURR_RATE Simples Faturamento de mercadoria em KEB 10 Consignação ORB 10 Exchange Rate: & CURR_RATE RCM 10 Mercadoria que lhe foi vendida por & BILL_TO RCM 20 Conforme nota fiscal & NF_REF RCM 30 Do & DATE_REF RCS 10 Mercadoria que tem sido remetida ao© SAP AG Page 118 of 226
  • 119. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide destinatario RCS 20 Nota fiscal acima referida RCS 30 O destinatário é & SHIP_TO REB 10 Order Reason: & ORD_REASON ROB 10 Exchange Rate: & ORD_REASON Goods will be sent directly by & on our VDOR 10 expense VENDOR Sem valor para acompanhar o produto - VEF 10 Mercadoria p Sem valor para acompanhar o produto - VEFR 10 Mercadoria p© SAP AG Page 119 of 226
  • 120. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Define Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph. Regions Use Here, you can assign tax regions for the country. Procedure 2. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Global Settings IMG Menu (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Basic Settings BrazilDefine Brazilian Tax Regions and Assign to Geograph. Regions Contabilidade financeira (nv.) Configurações globais contabilidade Menu IMG financeira (novo) IVA Configs.globais  BrasilDefinir regiões fiscais do Brasil e atribuir regiões geográficas Transaction Code SPRO Enter the following data:Country Tax region Tax Region Region Description Tax-Free Zone Description BR XE Foreign trade - EU X BR XX Foreign trade - US X BR ZF Zona Franca Manaus AM Amazon X Choose Save. SD Copy control for documents Maintain Copy Control Billing to Sales Document Use The purpose of this activity is to define the copy control for the billing type to invoice the pallets not returned based on customers invoice. Procedure 1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution → Sales → Maintain Copy Control for Sales IMG Menu Documents Vendas e distribuição  Venda Documentos de vendas Menu IMG Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.vendas Transaction Code VTAF 2. Select Copying Control: Billing Document to Sales Document and maintain data as follows on the screen Header Overview: © SAP AG Page 120 of 226
  • 121. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Target Sales Document Type Source Billing Type CRB Credit Memo BR F2B Nota Fiscal 3. Select screen Header Details and make the following entries: Description Value Target sls doc. type CRB Ref.billing doc.type F2B Copying requirements 021 Data transfer VBAK 053 Data transfer VBKD 103 Data transfer VBPA 003 Copy item number X ItemTarget Ref.bill. Ref. Def. Copying DataT DataT DataT Pric. Update Other doc. doc.tp. Item Item requiremts VBAP Business VBPA Type Doc fields. type Cat Cat data flowCRB F2B LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBLL LBNL 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBB G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCRB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blank 4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 with the following data: Target sls doc. DRB CXB DXB KEB RCS REB ROB VEFR type Ref.billing F2B F2B F2B FCR FST F2B F2B FA doc.type Copying 021 021 021 021 021 021 021 021 requirements Data transfer 053 053 053 053 053 053 053 053 VBAK Data transfer 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 VBKD Data transfer 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 VBPA © SAP AG Page 121 of 226
  • 122. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Copy item X X X X X X X X number ItemTarget Ref.bill. Ref. Def. Copying DataT DataT DataT Pric. Update Other doc. doc.tp Item Item requirents. VBAP Business VBPA Type Doc fields. type Cat Cat data flowCXB F2B LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBB G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankCXB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBB G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TBLL LBNL 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B LPNB G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TANN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDRB F2B TATX G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBB G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankDXB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR KBNB KENB 303 153 104 004 B X blank KEB FCR LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blank © SAP AG Page 122 of 226
  • 123. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTarget Ref.bill. Ref. Def. Copying DataT DataT DataT Pric. Update Other doc. doc.tp Item Item requirents. VBAP Business VBPA Type Doc fields. type Cat Cat data flow KEB FCR TBB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blank KEB FCR TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBNL L2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankRCS FST TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBB RBB 302 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBD RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBLL LBNL 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBN RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B YB1 RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B YB2 RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankREB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B L2N TBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBB RBB 302 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBD RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B YB1 RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B YB2 RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blank © SAP AG Page 123 of 226
  • 124. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTarget Ref.bill. Ref. Def. Copying DataT DataT DataT Pric. Update Other doc. doc.tp Item Item requirents. VBAP Business VBPA Type Doc fields. type Cat Cat data flowROB F2B TBLL LBNL 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBN RBN 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankROB F2B TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA L2N TBN 303 153 104 004 B X blankVEFR FA L2S TBLL 303 153 104 004 B X blankVEFR FA LPNB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TANN G2N 302 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TATX G2TX 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBB G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBD G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBN G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBNL G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBS G2N 303 153 104 004 D X blankVEFR FA TBX G2W 303 153 104 004 D X blank Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Delivery Use The purpose of this activity is to define Copy Control of special sales order type to Delivery for pallets return. Procedure 1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Logistics Execution → Shipping → Copying Control → Specify IMG Menu Copy Control for Delivery Logistics Execution Expedição  Controle de cópia Determinar Menu IMG controle de cópia para fornecimentos Transaction Code VTLA 2. Maintain data as follows on the screen Header Overview: Target Delivery Type Source Sales Document Type LF Delivery ORB Standard Order BRA 3. Select screen Header Details and make the following entries: Description Value Target delivery type LF © SAP AG Page 124 of 226
  • 125. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Source sls doc. type ORB Order requirements 001 Combination requirmt 051 Data transfer VBAK 001 4. Select the following Target and Source Sales Document and choose the Item Overview screen to entry additional Item Categories. Target Delivery Document Source sls doc. LF Outbound Delivery ORB Standard Order BRA Item Category Description TBN ST Item BR Order requirements 101 Item data 101 Item Ext. System 0 Business data 2 Update flow X Pos./neg. quantity + 5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 with the following data: Target delivery type LF LF LF LF LR LR Source sls doc. type KBB KEB RCM VEFR REB ROB Order requirements 001 001 001 001 001 001 Combination requirmt 051 051 051 051 051 051 Data transfer VBAK 001 001 001 001 001 001 ItemTarget Source Item Order Item Item Business Update Pos./neg.Deliv. doc. Categ requiremts data Ext. data flow quantity Doc. System LF KBB TBN 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TBPS 101 110 0 0 X + LF KBB TBX 102 101 0 2 X + LF KBB KBNB 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TANN 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TATX 102 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TBB 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TBL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KBB TBLL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB KBNB 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB KENB 101 101 0 2 X + © SAP AG Page 125 of 226
  • 126. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTarget Source Item Order Item Item Business Update Pos./neg.Deliv. doc. Categ requiremts data Ext. data flow quantity Doc. System LF KEB TANN 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TATX 102 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBB 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBLL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBN 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LF KEB TBPS 101 110 0 0 X + LF KEB TBX 102 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TBB 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB KBNB 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TANN 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TATX 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TBL 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TBLL 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LF ORB TBPS 101 110 0 0 X + LF ORB TBX 102 101 0 2 X + LF RCM KBNB 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TANN 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TATX 102 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBB 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBL 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBLL 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBN 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LF RCM TBPS 101 110 0 0 X + LF RCM TBX 102 101 0 2 X + LR REB LANB 101 101 0 2 X + LR REB LBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LR REB RBB 101 101 0 2 X + LR REB RBN 101 101 0 2 X + LR REB RETX 102 101 0 2 X + LR ROB LANB 101 101 0 2 X + LR ROB LBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LR ROB RBB 101 101 0 2 X + © SAP AG Page 126 of 226
  • 127. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTarget Source Item Order Item Item Business Update Pos./neg.Deliv. doc. Categ requiremts data Ext. data flow quantity Doc. System LR ROB RBN 101 101 0 2 X + LR ROB RETX 102 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR KBNB 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TANN 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TATX 102 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBB 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBL 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBLL 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBN 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBNL 101 101 0 2 X + LF VEFR TBPS 101 110 0 0 X + LF VEFR TBX 102 101 0 2 X + Maintain Copy Control Sales Document to Billing Use You can specify for a particular billing type what document type is to be assigned to copied reference documents and which item categories are to be copied. You must also make specifications for copying requirements and transferring data, as well as quantity and value updates in document flow. Do this for each copying procedure at header and item level on the appropriate detail screen. Procedure 1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Maintain IMG Menu Copying Control For Billing Documents Vendas e distribuição → Faturamento → Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento → Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.faturamento → Controle de cópia: doc.vendas  doc.faturamento Transaction Code VTFA 2. On screen Modificar visão “Cabeçalho - síntese”, make the following entries: Cabeçalho Targ bil Source Sales Copying Copy item number Other fields... Order requirements G2B CXB 001 X blank L2B DXB 001 X blank REB REB 001 X blank REB ROB 001 X blank G2B CRB 001 X blank © SAP AG Page 127 of 226
  • 128. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Targ bil Source Sales Copying Copy item number Other fields... Order requirements L2B DRB 001 X blank F2B ORB 001 X blank F2B RCS 001 X blank FA VEF 001 X blankItem Tar Sourc Item Copying VBRK Billing Pos./neg Pricin Other g bil e cat require / quanti . g type fields... Sales m VBRP l quantity Order G2B CRB G2N 002 003 A + D blank G2B CRB G2TX 002 002 A + D blank G2B CRB G2W 002 002 A + D blank L2B DRB G2N 002 002 A + D blank L2B DRB G2TX 002 002 A + D blank L2B DRB L2N 002 003 A + D blank L2B DRB L2W 002 003 A + D blank F2B ORB TBD 002 003 A + G blank F2B ORB TBS 028 000 F + G blank F2B RCS G2N 002 002 A + D blank F2B RCS G2TX 002 002 A + D blank F2B RCS L2N 002 002 A + D blank F2B RCS L2W 002 002 A + D blank FA VEF G2N 002 002 A + D blank FA VEF L2N 002 003 A + D blank FA VEF L2S 002 003 A + D blank FA VEF L2W 002 002 A + D blank G2B CXB G2N 002 003 A + D blank G2B CXB G2TX 002 002 A + D blank G2B CXB G2W 002 002 A + D blank L2B DXB G2N 002 002 A + D blank L2B DXB G2TX 002 002 A + D blank L2B DXB L2N 002 003 A + D blank L2B DXB L2W 002 002 A + D blank REB REB LBNL 002 003 A + D blank REB REB RBB 002 002 A + D blank REB REB RBN 002 002 A + D blank REB REB RET 002 002 A + D blank© SAP AG Page 128 of 226
  • 129. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tar Sourc Item Copying VBRK Billing Pos./neg Pricin Other g bil e cat require / quanti . g type fields... Sales m VBRP l quantity Order X REB ROB LBNL 002 003 A + D blank REB ROB RBB 002 002 A + D blank REB ROB RBN 002 002 A + D blank REB ROB RET 002 002 A + D blank XMaintain Copy Control Delivery to BillingUseIn this menu option, you define control data for the document flow of billing documents.You can specify for a particular billing type what document type is to be assigned to copiedreference documents and which item categories are to be copied.You must also make specifications for copying requirements and transferring data, as well asquantity and value updates in document flow. Do this for each copying procedure at headerand item level on the appropriate detail screen.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution → Billing → Billing Documents → Maintain IMG Menu Copying Control For Billing Documents Vendas e distribuição → Faturamento → Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento → Atualizar controle de cópia para docs.faturamento → Controle de cópia: nota de remessa -> doc.faturamento Transaction Code VTFL2. On screen Modificar visão “Cabeçalho - síntese”, make the following entries:Cabeçalho Target Source Copying Determ.export Assignment Reference Copy item billing delivery requirements data Number number number type F2B LF 003 E A X FAR LF 003 E A X FC LF 003 E A X FCR LF 003 E A X REB LR 014 XItem© SAP AG Page 129 of 226
  • 130. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Target Source Item Copying Data Billing Pos./neg. Pricing Other billing delivery Category requirements VBRK/VBRP quantity quantity type fields... type F2B LF DLN 004 #001 B + B blank F2B LF KENB 004 #001 B + G blank F2B LF LPNB 004 #001 B + G blank F2B LF TATX 004 #003 G + G blank F2B LF TBB 004 #007 B + G blank F2B LF TBN 004 #003 G + G blank F2B LF TBX 004 #001 G + G blank F2B LF TANN 004 #003 G + G blank F2B LF TBNL 004 #007 B + G blank F2B LF YBTA 004 #003 G + G blank FAR LF DLN 004 #001 B + B blank FAR LF KENB 004 #001 B + G blank FAR LF LPNB 004 #001 B + G blank FAR LF TANN 004 #001 B + G blank FAR LF TATX 004 #001 B + G blank FAR LF TBB 004 #007 B + G blank FAR LF TBLL 004 #003 G + G blank FAR LF TBN 004 #003 G + G blank FAR LF TBNL 004 #007 B + G blank FAR LF TBX 004 #001 G + G blank FC LF DLN 004 #001 B + B blank FC LF KENB 004 #003 G + G blank FC LF LPNB 004 #001 B + G blank FC LF TANN 004 #001 B + G blank FC LF TATX 004 #001 B + G blank FC LF TBB 004 #007 B + G blank FC LF TBN 004 #007 B + G blank FC LF TBNL 004 #007 B + G blank FC LF TBX 004 #001 G + G blank FCR LF DLN 004 #001 B + B blank FCR LF KBNB 004 #003 G + G blank FCR LF KENB 004 #001 B + G blank FCR LF LPNB 004 #001 B + G blank FCR LF TANN 004 #001 B + G blank FCR LF TATX 004 #001 B + G blank© SAP AG Page 130 of 226
  • 131. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Target Source Item Copying Data Billing Pos./neg. Pricing Other billing delivery Category requirements VBRK/VBRP quantity quantity type fields... type FCR LF TBB 004 #007 B + G blank FCR LF TBN 004 #007 B + G blank FCR LF TBNL 004 #007 B + G blank FCR LF TBX 004 #001 G + G blank F2B LF TBLL 004 #003 G + B blankResultAfter these configuration all prerequisites for Copying Control for Billing Documentmaintenance are completed.Maintain Copy Control Sales Doc. to Sales Doc.UseThe purpose of this activity is define control data for the document flow of Sales Document.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution → Sales → Maintain Copy Control for Sales IMG Menu Documents Vendas e distribuição → Venda → Atualizar controle de cópia para Menu IMG docs.vendas Transaction Code VTAA2. Copying Control: Sales Document to Sales Document3. On the Change View “Header”: Overview screen, click on the New entries.4. On the News Entries: Detail of Added Entries screen, and make the following entries: Field name User action and values Target SalesDocT ORB (Standard Order BRA) From SalesDoc Typ YCO (Quotation BR) DataT (1) 051 DataT (2) 101 DataT (3) 001 Copying requirement 001 Copy item number X Complete reference Blank© SAP AG Page 131 of 226
  • 132. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide5. Double click on Item folder. On the Change View “Item”: Overview screen, click on the New entries. Field name User action and values Item Category TBN (ST Item BR) DataT (1) 151 DataT (2) 102 DataT (3) 002 FPLA 251 Copying requirements 301 Copy schedule lines X Update document flow X Pricing type ASD TAXBRA – Localization BrazilSD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 1Field CatalogUseBefore you create a new condition table, you should check whether the fields listed in the field catalogmeet your requirements. If you require a field in pricing which is not intended for this usage in thestandard system, you must enter it in the field catalog. You can only enter fields from tables KOMG,KOMK or KOMP.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Pricing  Pricing IMG Menu Control  Define Condition Tables  Create condition tables  Conditions: Allowed fields Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do Menu IMG preço Determinação do preço  Definir tabelas de condições  Condições: Campos permitidos Transaction Code SPRO2. Choose Enter.3. On the Change View “Field Catalog (Pricing Sales/Distribution)”: Overview screen enter the following data: Field ADDNR AKTNR ALAND ANZSN AUART AUART_SD AUBEL AUGRU© SAP AG Page 132 of 226
  • 133. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideAUPOSBELNRBEMOTBONUSBRSCHBWTARBZIRKCHARGCITYCCMPGN_IDCOUNCCUOBJDELCODOCTYPDYNKEY1DYNKEY2DYNKEY3EAN11GZOLXHIENRHIENR01HIENR02HIENR03HIENR04HIENR05HIENR06HIENR07HIENR08HIENR09HIENR10HIENR11HIENR12HIENR13HIENR14HIENR15HWAERINCO1INCO2J_1ADTYPJ_1AFITPJ_1AGICDJ_1AREGIOJ_1ARFZJ_1ATXRELJ_1BTXSDCJ_1ISTCODEKBSTATKDATUKDGRPKDKG1KDKG2KDKG3KDKG4KDKG5© SAP AG Page 133 of 226
  • 134. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideKDKGRKEXCL_DKFRSTKNRZEKNUMAKNUMA_AGKNUMA_PIKONDAKONDMKPOSNKSTAFKUNAGKUNNRKUNREKUNRGKUNWELAND1LIFNRLLANDLOC_PRLOC_SEMATKLMATNRMBWNRMEINSMOGRUMTORGMTUSEMWSKZOWNPRPLTYPPLTYP_PPMATNPOSNRPRODHPRODH1PRODH2PRODH3PROVGPSTLZPWGGRREGIORESWKREVKOREVTWRKE_WWRSTSPARTSTEUCTAXBSTAXGROUPTAXK1TAXK2TAXK3TAXK4© SAP AG Page 134 of 226
  • 135. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide TAXK5 TAXK6 TAXK7 TAXK8 TAXK9 TAXM1 TAXM2 TAXM3 TAXM4 TAXM5 TAXM6 TAXM7 TAXM8 TAXM9 TKONN TPOSN TXJCD TXREG_SF TXREG_ST UKONM UPMAT VARCOND VBELN VGBEL VGPOS VKAUS VKBUR VKGRP VKORG VKORGAU VRKME VSBED VTWEG WAERK WERKS WGHIE WGRU1 WGRU2 WKCOU WKCTY WKREG WMINR XSUBT YMVGR1 ZZDAMAGE4. Choose Save.ResultThe field catalog is now available.Define Sequence for SD Tax Code DeterminationUse© SAP AG Page 135 of 226
  • 136. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideIn Sales and Distribution (SD), the system derives the tax code from either the item categoryor the customer-material info record.The purpose of this activity is to define the sequence inwhich the system accesses these sources.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax IMG Menu Calculation in Brazil  Define Sequence for SD Tax Code Determination Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para Menu IMG cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Definir seqüência da determinação do cód.imposto SD Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “ Sequence for tax code determination”: Overview make the following entries: Seq. in tax code determination Source for tax code determination 1 1 Customer Material Information 2 0 Item Category Table3. Choose Save.4. The message “Conditions records saved” appears.ResultThe sequence for tax code determination is now available.Define Customer Groups for SubTrib CalculationUseThis activity will define “Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation”.ProcedureCarry out the following steps:5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax IMG Menu Calculation in Brazil  Define Customer Groups for SubTrib Calculation Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para Menu IMG cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Definir grupos de clientes para cálculo sub.trib. Transaction Code SPRO6. On the Change View “ Customer Groups for Substituição Tributária”: Overview make the following entries: Sub. Trib. Group Name Sub. Trib. Ex.© SAP AG Page 136 of 226
  • 137. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 001 Sub.Trib. Grupo 1 002 Sub.Trib. Grupo 2 003 Sub.Trib. Grupo 3 X Sub.Trib. exempt XDefine Access SequencesUseI this IMG activity you define the access sequences for condition types that will be used inpricing procedures. The access sequence is a search strategy which the SAP System uses tosearch for condition records valid for a condition type.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Pricing Control  IMG Menu Define Access Sequences Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do Menu IMG preço Controle da determinação de preço Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “ Sequence for tax code determination”: Overview make the following entries:BRCO: Brazil COFINS Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 15 346 ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 15 89 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X© SAP AG Page 137 of 226
  • 138. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant TAXGROUP = 89DIBR : Brazil Taxes Due Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 105 291 X ALAND = BR J_1BTXSDC  KOMP J_1BTXSDCICLW: Brazil COFINS Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 10 382 ALAND = BR DOCTYP 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2  KOMP STEUC DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 10 15 382 ALAND = BR DOCTYP 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST© SAP AG Page 138 of 226
  • 139. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 15 89 382 ALAND = BR DOCTYP 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 15 98 382 ALAND = BR DOCTYP 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 291 X ALAND = BR MWST  KOMK MWSKZISS1: Brazil ISS at service provider Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 601 0 X ALAND = BR TXJCD = KOMP LOC_PR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X© SAP AG Page 139 of 226
  • 140. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant TAXGROUP = 5 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRISS2 : Brazil ISS wh. Serv. Provided Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 601 0 X ALAND = BR TXJCD = KOMP LOC_SE DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRBRWT : Brazil WHT Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5DIBR : Brazil Taxes Due Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 105 291 X ALAND = BR J_1BTXSDC  KOMP J_1BTXSDC© SAP AG Page 140 of 226
  • 141. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideIBRR – Brazil: 100% offset Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 390 0 X ALAND = BRIBRX – Brazil Ext. Tax Det. Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 002 X ALAND  KOMK ALAND TAXK1  KOMK TAXK1 TAXM1  KOMP TAXM1ICCB – BR: ICMS Offsetting Entry Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 10 349 0 X ALAND = BR TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST MATNR  KOMP MATNR 20 392 0 X ALAND = BRICBS – BR: ICMS Tax Base Val Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 341 X ALAND  KOMK ALAND TAXK3  KOMK TAXK3 5 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5© SAP AG Page 141 of 226
  • 142. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 98 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRICVA – BR: ICMS Tax Rates Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 98 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 392 0 X ALAND = BR© SAP AG Page 142 of 226
  • 143. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideICXC – BR: Customer ICMS Exempt Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 341 0 X ALAND  KOMK ALAND TAXK3  KOMK TAXK3IPBS – BR: IPI Tax Base Value Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 293 0 X ALAND = BR TAXK2  KOMK TAXK2 5 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 97 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP STEUC DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 97 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRIPLW – BR: IPI Tax Laws Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 293 0 X ALAND = BR TAXK2  KOMK TAXK2 5 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 97 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP STEUC DYNKEY2 = X© SAP AG Page 143 of 226
  • 144. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 97 98 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 003 0 X ALAND = BR MWSKZ  KOMK MWSKZIPVA – BR: IPI Tax Rates Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 293 0 X ALAND = BR TAXK2  KOMK TAXK2 5 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 98 346 0 X ALAND = BR DYNKEY1  KOMP STEUC DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRIPXC – BR: Customer IPI Exempt Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 293 0 X ALAND  KOMK ALAND TAXK2  KOMK TAXK2© SAP AG Page 144 of 226
  • 145. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideISTC – BR: ICMS Rates for Subtrib Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_ST TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 98 382 0 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_ST TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98 99 392 0 X ALAND = BRISTI – BR: ICMS Rate for S.T Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 382 163 X ALAND = BR DOCTYP = 0 TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_ST TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5© SAP AG Page 145 of 226
  • 146. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideISTV – BR: Subtrib Surcharge Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 382 0 X ALAND = BR TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST XSUBT  KOMK XSUBT DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 98 382 0 X ALAND = BR TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST XSUBT  KOMK XSUBT DYNKEY1 = X DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 98ISVA – BR: ISS Tax Rates Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 1 121 0 X ALAND = BR MATNR  KOMP MATNR 5 347 0 X ALAND = BR TXREG_SF  KOMP TXREG_SF TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST DYNKEY1  KOMP MATNR DYNKEY2 = X DYNKEY3 = X TAXGROUP = 5 99 392 0 X ALAND = BR© SAP AG Page 146 of 226
  • 147. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideIZOF – Zona Franca Step Tab. Req. Excl. Field Assignment Condition I/O Doc.Struc. Doc.Field Constant 5 394 0 X ALAND = BR TXREG_ST  KOMP TXREG_ST3. Choose Save.SD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 2Define And Assign Pricing ProcedureUseIn the pricing procedure, you define which condition types should be taken into account and in whichsequence. During pricing, the SAP System automatically determines which pricing procedure is valid fora business transaction and it takes the condition types contained in it into account one after the other.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Pricing  Pricing IMG Menu Control Define And Assign Pricing Procedures  Maintain Pricing Procedure Vendas e distribuição Funções básicas Determinação do Menu IMG preço Controle da determinação de preço  Definir e atribuir esquemas de cálculoAtualizar Esquemas de Cálculo de Custos Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview Choose New Entry3. Write the procedure name with RVABRA and choose Enter then enter the following data: Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 001 00 000 000 000 X 000 000 007 00 VA00 Variant Price 000 000 002 000 000 008 00 EK01 Actual Costs 000 000 X 002 B 000 000 010 01 PR00 Price 000 000 002 000 000 010 01 ZPB0 Price w/o Taxes 000 000 002 000 000 010 02 ZPB1 Price+ISS 000 000 002 000 000 010 03 ZPB2 Price+PIS+COF 000 000 002 000 000 010 04 ZPB3 Price+ISS+PIS+COF000 000 002 000 000 045 00 000 000 000 000 000 50 0 RA01 % Disc.from Gross 8 000 002 000 ERS 50 1 RA00 % Discount from Net 8 000 002 000 ERS 50 2 RC00 Quantity Discount 8 000 002 000 ERS 50 3 RB00 Discount (Value) 8 000 002 000 ERS 50 4 YIPC Consign. Fill Up 45 002 ERS 51 YB01 Special Surcharge 002 4 ERS© SAP AG Page 147 of 226
  • 148. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 60 Rebate Basis 198 00 000 000 000 000 000 199 DGTX General Taxability X 160 200 00 DICM Devido ICMS 000 000 000 X 000 160 201 00 ICVA ICMS Tax Rate 000 000 000 X 000 160 202 00 ICBS ICMS Tax Base 000 000 000 X 000 160 203 00 ICOB BR: ICMS other 000 000 000 X 000 160 base 204 00 IC0X BR: ICMS 0 excempt 000 000 000 X 000 160 205 00 I100 BR: ICMS 000 000 000 X 000 160 Convenio100 206 00 ICLW BR: ICMS Law 000 000 000 X 000 160 207 00 ISIC ICMS SF = ST 000 000 000 X 000 160 208 00 ISTD ICMS Rate S.T. 000 000 000 X 000 160 spec. 209 00 ICXC 000 000 000 X 000 160 210 00 DIZF Zona Franca 000 000 000 X 000 160 220 00 DICF Devido ICMS Freight 000 000 000 X 000 160 221 00 ICFR BR: ICMS on freight 000 000 000 X 000 160 230 00 DISI Devido ICMS s/IPI 000 000 000 X 000 160 240 00 DIPI BR: Devido IPI 000 000 000 X 000 160 241 00 IPVA IPI Tax Rate 000 000 000 X 000 160 242 00 IPBS IPI Tax Base 000 000 000 X 000 160 243 00 IPOB BR: IPI other base 000 000 000 X 000 160 244 00 IPIP BR: IPI Pauta 000 000 000 X 000 160 245 00 IP0X BR: IPI 0 excempt 000 000 000 X 000 160 246 00 IPLW BR: IPI Law 000 000 000 X 000 160 247 00 IPXC 000 000 000 X 000 160 250 00 DCOF COFINS Due 000 000 000 X 000 160 251 00 BCO1 COFINS Rate 000 000 000 X 000 160 252 00 BCO2 COFINS Base 000 000 000 X 000 160 253 00 BCOP COFINS Pauta 000 000 000 X 000 000 Amount 255 00 DPIS PIS Due 000 000 000 X 000 160 256 00 BPI1 PIS Rate 000 000 000 X 000 160 257 00 BPI2 PIS Base 000 000 000 X 000 160 258 00 BPIP PIS Pauta Amount 000 000 000 X 000 000 260 00 DISS Devido ISS 000 000 000 X 000 160 261 ISVA BR: ISS amount 160 265 00 ISS New 2004 001 000 000 X 000 000 266 00 ISVB ISS Rate at Provider 000 000 000 X 000 160 267 00 ISVC ISS Base at Provider 000 000 000 X 000 160 268 00 ISVD ISS Law at Provider 000 000 000 X 000 160 269 ISVE IPI from SD X 160 270 00 ISVF ISS Taxloc at Prov. 000 000 000 X 000 160 271 00 ISVG ISS WHT at Prov. 000 000 000 X 000 160 272 00 ISVH ISS Min.WHT at 000 000 000 X 000 160 Prov. 273 00 ISVN ISS Rate at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160 274 00 ISVO ISS Base at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160 275 00 ISVP ISS Law at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160 277 00 ISVR ISS Law at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160 278 00 ISVS ISS Law at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160 279 00 ISVT ISS Law at Service 000 000 000 X 000 160© SAP AG Page 148 of 226
  • 149. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 280 00 DSUB 000 000 000 X 000 160 281 00 ISTS Brazil S.T. surcharg 000 000 000 X 000 160 282 00 ISTT BR: Sub.Trib 000 000 000 X 000 160 SurType 283 00 ISTM BR: Sub.Trib MinPric 000 000 000 X 000 160 284 00 ISTF BR: Sub.Trib FixPric 000 000 000 X 000 160 285 00 ISTB Brazil S.T. red. bas 000 000 000 X 000 160 286 00 IST2 BR: Sub.Trib Base 2 000 000 000 X 000 160 287 00 ISTC S.T. ICMS BasRed 000 000 000 X 000 160 288 00 ISTN Subtrib.Minpr.Factor 000 000 000 X 000 160 289 00 ISTI S.T. Minp.Bef.Surch. 000 000 000 X 000 160 290 00 DSUF 000 000 000 X 000 160 291 BCPT X 300 00 ICMI Price+Tax (for NF) 000 000 002 320 002 ERL 310 00 001 000 000 X 000 000 320 00 K004 Material 000 000 002 000 000 ERS 321 00 K007 Customer Discount 000 000 002 000 000 ERS 322 00 K005 Customer/Material 000 000 002 000 000 ERS 325 00 YG31 Product Discount 000 000 002 000 000 YG1 326 00 YBS1 Product Discount 000 000 002 000 000 YG1 329 00 Customer/Material 320 328 000 000 000 400 00 KF00 Freight 000 000 002 000 000 ERF 599 00 AZWR Down 000 000 002 X 48 000 Pay./Settlement 600 00 IBRX Brazil Tax Calc. 300 598 000 X 320 000 610 00 BX10 BR ICMS Normal 000 000 000 X 320 000 Base 612 00 BX11 BR ICMS Exclude 000 000 000 X 320 000 Base 614 00 BX12 BR ICMS Other 000 000 000 X 320 000 Base 616 00 BX13 BR ICMS Amount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW2 617 00 BXZF 000 000 X 000 1 320 000 MWS 618 00 BX14 BR ICMS Freight 000 000 000 X 320 000 Base 620 00 BX15 BRICMS Freight 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW3 Amnt. 622 00 BX16 BR ICMS Rate 000 000 000 X 320 000 624 00 BX20 BR IPI Normal Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 626 00 BX21 BR IPI Exclude Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 628 00 BX22 BR IPI Other Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 630 00 BX23 BR IPI Amount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW1 632 00 BX24 BR IPI Offset Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 634 00 BX25 BR IPI Offset 630 630 000 X 320 000 BRJ Amount 636 00 BX40 BR SubTrib Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 638 00 BX41 BR SubTrib Amount 000 000 000 320 000 MW3 640 00 BX42 BR SubTrib Fr. Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 642 00 BX43 BR SubTrib Fr. Amnt 000 000 000 320 000 MW3 644 00 BX44 BRSubTrib NF Rate 000 000 000 X 320 000 645 BX45 BRSubTrib NF X 320 Basred1 646 00 BX50 BR ISS Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 647 BX46 BRSubTrib NF X 320 Basred2© SAP AG Page 149 of 226
  • 150. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 650 00 BXPA 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW1 652 00 BX60 BR ISS Base Prov. 000 000 000 X 320 000 653 00 BX61 BR ISS ExBase 000 000 000 X 320 000 Prov. 654 00 BX64 BR ISS WT Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 Prov 655 00 BX65 BR ISS WT 000 000 000 X 320 000 ExBaseProv 656 00 BX6A BR ISS Base Serv 000 000 000 X 320 000 657 00 BX6B BR ISS ExBase Serv 000 000 000 X 320 000 658 00 BX6E BR ISS WT Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 Serv 659 00 BX6F BR ISS WT 000 000 000 X 320 000 ExBaseServ 660 00 BX51 BR ISS Amount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW4 661 00 BX62 BR ISS Amount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW4 Prov. 662 00 BX63 BR ISS WTAmount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW4 Prov 663 00 BX6C BR ISS Amount Serv 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW4 664 00 BX6D BR ISS WTAmount 000 000 000 1 320 000 MW4 Serv 665 00 BX6O BR ISS Offset TxIncl 660 664 000 1 000 000 ISS 666 00 BX70 BR COFINS Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 667 00 BX71 BR COFINS 000 000 000 X 320 000 ExclBase 668 00 BX72 BR COFINS Amount 000 000 000 1 320 000 COF 669 00 BX7P BR COFINS 000 000 000 X 320 000 PautaAmnt 672 00 BX7O BR COFINS 668 668 000 1 000 000 COF OffTxIncl 675 00 BX80 BR PIS Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 677 00 BX81 BR PIS Excl.Base 000 000 000 X 320 000 679 00 BX82 BR PIS Amount 000 000 000 320 000 PIS 680 00 BX8P BR PIS Pauta 000 000 000 X 320 000 Amount 683 00 BX8O BR PIS Off.TxIncl 679 679 000 000 000 PIS 700 00 *** Tax Code 001 000 000 000 000 Conditions *** 702 00 IPI3 IPI from SD 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 704 00 ICM3 ICMS from SD 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 706 00 ICS3 Sub.Trib. from SD 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 708 00 ISS3 ISS from SD 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 710 00 ICZF ICMS Rev (Z.F.)- 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 STO 712 00 IFR3 ICMS on freight SD 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 714 00 IFS3 ICMS ST freight Out 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 715 01 ISSA ISS at Provider 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 715 02 ISSB ISS WHT at Provider 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 715 03 ISSC ISS WHT Off. Prov. 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 715 04 ISSD ISS WHT Again 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 Prov. 715 05 ISSE ISS at Serv. Loc. 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 715 06 ISSF ISS WHT at 660 664 X 000 X 000 000 WK3 Serv.Loc. 715 07 ISSG ISS WHT Off. 001 000 X 000 X 000 000© SAP AG Page 150 of 226
  • 151. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy SrvLoc 715 08 ISSH ISS WHT Again 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 SrvLoc 719 00 ToTal Tax 702 718 000 000 000 720 00 ICMO ICMS offset 616 000 000 000 000 BRI 730 00 YIPI BR IPI Surcharge 630 630 ERL 740 00 DIFF Rounding Off 000 000 013 016 004 ERS 750 00 000 000 000 004 000 800 00 SKTO Cash Discount 000 000 009 X 000 011 810 00 VPRS Internal price 000 000 004 B X 000 000 820 00 EK02 Calculated costs 000 000 X B X 830 00 EK03 Calculated ship.cost X X 899 00 WITHHOLDING 001 000 000 X 000 000 TAXES ON GROSS 900 00 WGEC BR General WHT 000 000 164 X 000 000 Code 901 00 WPIC BR PIS WHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 902 00 WCOC BR COFINS WHT 000 000 164 X 000 000 Code 903 00 WCSC BR CSLL WHT Code000 000 164 X 000 000 904 00 WIRC BR IR WHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 905 00 WISC BR ISS WHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 906 00 IGW6 GeneralWHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 accu 907 00 IPW6 PIS WHT Code accu 000 000 164 X 000 000 908 ICW6 COFINS WHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 accu 909 00 ISW6 CSLL WHT Code 000 000 164 X 000 000 accu 910 00 IRW6 IR WHT Code accu 000 000 164 X 000 000 911 00 BR ISS WHT Code 1 X 912 00 DWHT WHT Due 000 000 000 X 000 160 913 00 BW51 WHT Acc. Flag 2 X 160 914 00 BXWT BR WHT Base 000 000 000 X 900 005 Amount 915 00 BXWA BR WHT Acc Base 000 000 000 X 901 005 Amt 916 00 BW01 WHT Coll. Code 001 000 000 X 000 000 Gen. 917 00 BW02 WHT Rate Gen. 000 000 000 X 000 005 920 00 BW11 WHT Coll.Code PIS 001 000 000 X 000 000 921 00 BW12 WHT Rate PIS 000 000 000 000 005 925 00 BW21 WHT Coll.Code 001 000 000 X 000 000 COFINS 926 00 BW22 WHT Rate COFINS 000 000 000 000 005 930 00 BW31 WHT Coll.Code 001 000 000 X 000 000 CSLL 931 00 BW32 WHT Rate CSLL 000 000 000 X 000 005 935 00 BW41 WHT Coll.Code IR 001 000 000 X 000 000 936 00 BW42 WHT Rate IR 000 000 000 000 005 940 00 IGEW General WHT 916 000 900 WG3 941 00 IGEQ General WHT - 916 000 901 WG5 Accum. 942 00 BGEZ BR General WHT off 940 941 000 000 164 WG4© SAP AG Page 151 of 226
  • 152. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr CTyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 945 00 IPSW PIS WHT 921 000 000 900 000 WP3 946 00 IPSQ PIS WHT - Accum. 921 000 000 901 000 WP5 947 00 BPSZ BR PIS WHT Offset 945 946 000 000 164 WP4 950 00 ICOW COFINS WHT 926 000 000 900 000 WC3 951 00 ICOQ COFINS WHT - 926 000 901 000 WC5 Accum. 953 00 BCOZ BR COFINS WHT 950 951 000 164 WC4 offset 955 00 ICSW CSLL WHT 931 000 900 000 WS3 956 00 ICSQ CSLL WHT SD 931 000 901 000 WS5 Offset 957 00 BCSZ BR CSLL WHT 955 956 000 164 WS4 offset 960 00 IIRW IR WHT 916 000 900 000 WI3 961 00 IIRQ IR WHT SD - 936 000 901 000 WI5 Accum. 962 00 BIRZ BR IR WHT offset 960 961 000 164 WI4 990 00 R100 100% discount 600 600 055 000 028 ERS 999 00 BI00 Dummy Non- 001 000 X 000 X 000 000 Statistic.4. Choose Save and then choose Back.5. In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Maintain Pricing Procedures.6. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview screen, select the entry for procedure RVABRA and choose Copy As…7. Overwrite the procedure name with YVABRA and choose Enter.8. In the dialog box, choose copy all.9. Choose Save and then choose Back.10. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview Choose New Entry11. Write the procedure name with RVABR2 and choose Enter then enter the following data: Step Cntr Ctyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 7 VA00 Variant Price 10 1 ZPB0 Price w/o Taxes 10 2 ZPB1 Price+ISS 10 3 ZPB2 Price+PIS+COF 10 4 ZPB3 Price+ISS+PIS+COF 40 1 RA00 % Discount from Net 40 2 RB00 Discount (Value)© SAP AG Page 152 of 226
  • 153. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Step Cntr Ctyp Description From To Man. Reqt SubTo Stat AltCTy AltCBV ActKy 40 3 RC00 Quantity Discount 40 4 RD00 Weight DiscountDefine Condition TypesUseIn this IMG activity you define the condition types that will be used in pricing procedures.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Pricing Control  IMG Menu Define Condition Types Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Determinação do Menu IMG preço  Controle da determinação de preço  Definir tipos de condição Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “ Conditions:Condition Types”: Overview make the following entries: Ctyp Name AcSq CalTy CdCat CCl RfCTy Rap BI00 Dummy Non-Statistic. IBRX A D D IBRX V BX10 BR ICMS Normal Base B 1 A BX11 BR ICMS Exclude Base B 1 A BX12 BR ICMS Other Base B 1 A BX13 BR ICMS Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BX14 BR ICMS Freight Base B 1 A BX15 BR ICMS Freight Amnt. IBRX B D D IBRX V BX16 BR ICMS Rate B 1 A BX20 BR IPI Normal Base B 1 A BX21 BR IPI Exclude Base B 1 A BX22 BR IPI Other Base B 1 A BX23 BR IPI Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BX40 BR SubTrib Base B 1 A BX41 BR SubTrib Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BX42 BR SubTrib Fr. Base B 1 A BX43 BR SubTrib Fr. Amnt IBRX B D D IBRX V BX44 BRSubTrib NF Rate B 1 A BX50 BR ISS Base B 1 A BX51 BR ISS Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BXPA BR IPI Pauta Amount B 1 A BXZF BR ICMS Zona Franca IBRX A D D DICF Devido ICMS Freight DIBR A D D DICM Devido ICMS DIBR A D D DIPI BR: Devido IPI DIBR A D D DISI Devido ICMS s/IPI DIBR A D D DISS Devido ISS DIBR A D D DIZF Zona Franca IZOF A 1 D ICZF V DSUB Devido Sub Trib DIBR A D D© SAP AG Page 153 of 226
  • 154. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Ctyp Name AcSq CalTy CdCat CCl RfCTy Rap DSUF Devido SubTrib Fr. DIBR A D D IBRX Brazil tax calc. IBRX A 1 D IC0X BR: ICMS 0 excempt DIBR A D D ICBS ICMS Tax Base ICBS A D D ICCB BR: ICMS comp.base ICCB A D D ICCX BR: ICMS comp.excmpt ICCB A D D ICFR BR: ICMS on freight ICVA A D D ICLW BR: ICMS Law ICLW A D D ICM3 ICMS from SD A 1 D ICMI Price+Tax (for NF) C B ICMO ICMS offset IBRR A H A ICOB BR: ICMS other base ICVA A D D ICOQ COFINS WHT - Accum. IBRX A D D IBRX V ICS3 Sub.Trib. from SD A 1 D ICSO ISS offset IBRR A H A ICSQ CSLL WHT SD Offset IBRX A D D IBRX V ICVA ICMS Tax Rate ICVA A D D ICXC BR Cust ICMS Exempt ICXC A D A ICZF ICMS Disc. Zona Fr. IZOF A 1 D IFR3 ICMS on freight SD A 1 D IFS3 ICMS ST freight SD A 1 D IP0X BR: IPI 0 excempt DIBR A D D IPBS IPI Tax Base IPBS A D D IPI3 IPI from SD A 1 D IPIP BR: IPI Pauta IPVA A D D IPLW BR: IPI Law IPLW A D D IPOB BR: IPI other base IPVA A D D IPVA IPI Tax Rate IPVA A D D IPXC BR Cust IPI Exempt IPXC A D A ISIC ICMS Rate SF=ST ISTC A D D ICVA V ISS3 ISS from SD A 1 D IST2 BR: Sub.Trib 2 ISTV A D D ISTB Sub. Trib Base Value ISTV A D D ISTC Subtrib. Base reduct ISTV A D D ISTD ICMS Rate for S.T. ISTI A D D ISTF BR: Sub.Trib FixPric ISTV C D D ISTI S.T. Minp.Bef.Surch. ISTV A D D ISTM BR: Sub.Trib MinPric ISTV C D D ISTN Subtrib.Minpr.Factor ISTV A A ISTS Subtrib Surcharge ISTV A D D ISTT BR: Sub.Trib SurType ISTV A D D ISVA BR: ISS amount ISVA A D D ICN3 COFINS from SD MWST A 1 D ICW3 COFINS Withholding TaxSD MWST A 1 D IGW3 General WHT SD MWST A 1 D IPS3 PIS Normal Tax MWST A 1 D IPSQ PIS WHT - Accum. IBRX A D D IBRX V IPW3 PIS WHT SD MWST A 1 D IRW3 IR Withholding TaxSD MWST A 1 D ISA3 ISS at Provider SD MWST A 1 D ISB3 ISS WHT at Provider SD MWST A 1 D© SAP AG Page 154 of 226
  • 155. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Ctyp Name AcSq CalTy CdCat CCl RfCTy Rap ISE3 ISS at Service Loc SD MWST A 1 D ISF3 ISS WHT at Service Loc SD MWST A 1 D ISSA ISS at Provider MWST A 1 D ISSB ISS WHT at Provider MWST A 1 D ISSC ISS WHT Off. Prov. MWST A 1 D ISSD ISS WHT Again Prov. MWST A 1 D ISSE ISS at Serv.Loc. MWST A 1 D ISSG ISS WHT Off. SrvLoc MWST A 1 D ISSH ISS WHT Again SrvLoc MWST A 1 D ISSF ISS WHT at Serv.Loc. IBRX A D D IBRX V ICOW COFINS WHT IBRX A D D IBRX V IGEW General WHT IBRX A D D IBRX V IPSW PIS WHT IBRX A D D IBRX V IIRQ IR WHT SD - Accum. IBRX A D D IBRX V IIRW IR WHT IBRX A D D IBRX V ICSW CSLL WHT IBRX A D D IBRX V ISW3 CSLL Withholding Tax SD MWST A 1 D ICZ3 COFINS WHT SD Offset IBRR A 1 D ICMO V IGZ3 General WHT SD Offset IBRR A 1 D ICMO V IPZ3 PIS WHT SD Offset IBRR A 1 D ICMO V IRZ3 IR WHT SD Offset IBRR A 1 D ICMO V ISZ3 CSLL WHT SD Offset IBRR A 1 D ICMO V ICO2 COFINS Offset SD IBRR A A ICMO V IPS2 PIS Offset SD IBRR A A ICMO V BGEZ BR General WHT off IBRX A D D IBRX V BPSZ BR PIS WHT Offset IBRX A D D IBRX V BCOZ BR COFINS WHT offset IBRX A D D IBRX V BCSZ BR CSLL WHT offset IBRX A D D IBRX V BIRZ BR IR WHT offset IBRX A D D IBRX V ICW4 COFINS WHT code IBRX A D D IBRX V IPW4 PIS WHT code IBRX A D D IBRX V ISW4 CSLL WHT code IBRX A D D IBRX V IRW4 IR WHT code IBRX A D D IBRX V IGW4 General WHT code IBRX A D D IBRX V DCOF COFINS Due DIBR A D D DPIS PIS Due DIBR A D D DWHT WHT Due DIBR A D D BCO1 COFINS Rate BRCO A D D BCO2 COFINS Base BRCO A D D BCOP COFINS Pauta Amount BRCO C D D ISVB ISS Rate at Prov. ISS1 A D D ISVC ISS Base at Prov. ISS1 A D D ISVD ISS Law at Prov. ISS1 A D D ISVF ISS Taxloc at Prov. ISS1 A D D ISVG ISS WHT at Prov. ISS1 A D D© SAP AG Page 155 of 226
  • 156. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Ctyp Name AcSq CalTy CdCat CCl RfCTy Rap ISVH ISS Min WHT at Prov. ISS1 B D D ISVN ISS Rate at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVB V ISVO ISS Base at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVC V ISVP ISS Law at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVD V ISVQ ISS Ins.Cal at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVE V ISVR ISS Taxloc at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVF V ISVS ISS WHT at Serv. ISS2 A D D ISVG V ISVT ISS Min WHT at Serv. ISS2 B D D ISVH V BPI1 PIS Rate BRPI A D D BPI2 PIS Base BRPI A D D BPIP PIS Pauta Amount BRPI C D B BW01 WHT Coll.Code Gen. BRWT A D D BW02 WHT Rate Gen. BRWT A D D BW11 WHT Coll.Code PIS BRWT A D D BW12 WHT Rate PIS BRWT A D D BW21 WHT Coll.Code COFINS BRWT A D D BW22 WHT Rate COFINS BRWT A D D BW31 WHT Coll.Code CSLL BRWT A D D BW32 WHT Rate CSLL BRWT A D D BW41 WHT Coll.Code IR BRWT A D D BW42 WHT Rate IR BRWT A D D BX60 BR ISS Base Prov B 1 A BX61 BR ISS ExBase Prov B 1 A BX62 BR ISS Amount Prov B 1 A BX63 BR ISS WTAmount Prov B 1 A BX64 BR ISS WT Base Prov B 1 A BX65 BR ISS WT ExBas Prov B 1 A BX6A BR ISS Base Serv B 1 A BX6B BR ISS ExBase Serv B 1 A BX6C BR ISS Amount Serv B 1 A BX6D BR ISS WTAmount Serv B 1 A BX6E BR ISS WT Base Serv B 1 A BX6F BR ISS WT ExBas Serv B 1 A BX6O BR ISS Offset TxIncl IBRR A A ICMO V BX70 BR COFINS Base B 1 A BX71 BR COFINS Excl. Base B 1 A BX72 BR COFINS Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BX7O BR COFINS Off.TxIncl IBRR A A ICMO V BX7P BR COFINS Pauta Amt. B 1 A BX80 BR PIS Base B 1 A BX81 BR PIS Excl. Base B 1 A BX82 BR PIS Amount IBRX B D D IBRX V BX8O BR PIS Off.TxIncl IBRR A A ICMO V BX8P BR PIS Pauta Amount B 1 A ZPB0 Price w/o Taxes PR00 C H B ZPB1 Price+ISS PR00 C H B ZPB2 Price+PIS+COF PR00 C H B ZPB3 Price+ISS+PIS+COF PR00 C H B YSEC Surcharge ext. Costs K004 A D A DGTX General Taxability IBRX A D D IBRX V BX25 BR IPI offset mont. IBRR A H A ICMO V YIPC Consign. Fill Up A A© SAP AG Page 156 of 226
  • 157. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Ctyp Name AcSq CalTy CdCat CCl RfCTy Rap YIPI BR IPI Surcharge IBRR A A WCOC BR COFINS WHT Code J1AG A D W WCOF BR COFINS WHT Code IBRR A W WCSC BR CSLL WHT Code J1AG A D W WGEC BR General WHT Code J1AG A D W WPIC BR PIS WHT Code J1AG A D W WPIS BR PIS WHT Code IBRR A W WIRC BR IR WHT Code J1AG A D W WISC BR ISS WHT Code J1AG A D W ICW5 COFINS WHT SD – Acc MWST A 1 D IGW5 General WHT SD – Acc MWST A 1 D IPW5 PIS WHT SD - Accum. MWST A 1 D IRW5 IR WHT SD - Accum MWST A 1 D ISW5 CSLL WHT SD - Accum. MWST A 1 D ICW6 COFINS WHT Code accu J1AG A D W IGW6 GeneralWHT Code accu J1AG A D W IPW6 PIS WHT Code accu J1AG A D W IRW6 IR WHT Code accu J1AG A D W ISW6 CSLL WHT Code accu J1AG A D W BW51 WHT Acc. Flag BRWT A D D BXWA BR WHT Acc Base Amt DIBR A D D BXWT BR WHT Base Amount DIBR A D DWHT VSD TAXBRA - LOCALIZATION BRAZIL - PART 3Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax ConditionsIn this IMG activity, you can assign condition types to internal codes for tax conditions .Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Condition- IMG Menu Based Tax Calculation  Assign Condition Types to Internal Codes for Tax Conditions Contabilidade financeiraConfiguração contabilidade financeiraIVABrasilCálculo de imposto baseado em Menu IMG condiçõesAtribuir tipos de condições a códs.internos para condições de impostos Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View Map “Internal Codes for Tax Conditions to Conditon Types”: Overview make the following entries: Internal TC Code Application Condition Type CALCULATE_INCL_2ND V IBRX CALCULATE_TAX V ICMI COFINSBASE V BCO2 COFINSLAW TX BLCO© SAP AG Page 157 of 226
  • 158. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Internal TC Code Application Condition Type COFINSLAW V COFINSPAUTA V BCOP COFINSRATE V BCO1 ICMSBASE V ICBS ICMSCOMPBASE V ICCB ICMSCOMPEXEMPT V ICCX ICMSCONV100 V I100 ICMSCUSTEXEMPT V ICXC ICMSFREIGHT V ICFR ICMSLAW V ICLW ICMSNULLEXEMPT V IC0X ICMSOTHER V ICOB ICMSRATE V ICVA ICMSRATE_INTRA V ISIC ICMSSUBTRIB V ISTD IPIBASE V IPBS IPICUSTEXEMPT V IPXC IPILAW V IPLW IPINULLEXEMPT V IP0X IPIOTHER V IPOB IPIPAUTA V IPIP IPIRATE V IPVA ISSBASE_PR V ISVC ISSBASE_SE V ISVO ISSLAW_PR V ISVD ISSLAW_SE V ISVP ISSMINVALWT_PR V ISVH ISSMINVALWT_SE V ISVT ISSRATE V ISVA ISSRATE_PR V ISVB ISSRATE_SE V ISVN ISSTAXRELLOC_PR V ISVF ISSTAXRELLOC_SE V ISVR ISSWITHHOLD_PR V ISVG ISSWITHHOLD_SE V ISVS NF_COFINS_AMOUNT V BX72 NF_COFINS_BASE V BX70 NF_COFINS_EBAS V BX71 NF_COFINS_OFFSET V BX7O NF_COFINS_PAUTA_RATE V BX7P NF_ICMS_AMOUNT V BX13 NF_ICMS_EBAS V BX11 NF_ICMS_FREIGHT_AMOUNT V BX15 NF_ICMS_FREIGHT_BASE V BX14 NF_ICMS_NBAS V BX10 NF_ICMS_OBAS V BX12 NF_ICMS_RATE V BX16 NF_ICMS_ZONAFRANCA V BXZF NF_IPI_AMOUNT V BX23 NF_IPI_EBAS V BX21 NF_IPI_NBAS V BX20 NF_IPI_OBAS V BX22 NF_IPI_OFFSET_AMOUNT V BX25© SAP AG Page 158 of 226
  • 159. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Internal TC Code Application Condition Type NF_IPI_OFFSET_BASE V BX24 NF_IPI_PAUTA_RATE V BXPA NF_ISS_AMOUNT V BX51 NF_ISS_AMOUNT_PROV V BX62 NF_ISS_AMOUNT_SERV V BX6C NF_ISS_BASE V BX50 NF_ISS_EBAS_PROV V BX61 NF_ISS_EBAS_SERV V BX6B NF_ISS_NBAS_PROV V BX60 NF_ISS_NBAS_SERV V BX6A NF_ISS_OFFSETS V BX6O NF_ISS_WTAMOUNT_PROV V BX63 NF_ISS_WTAMOUNT_SERV V BX6D NF_ISS_WT_EBAS_PROV V BX65 NF_ISS_WT_EBAS_SERV V BX6F NF_ISS_WT_NBAS_PROV V BX64 NF_ISS_WT_NBAS_SERV V BX6E NF_PIS_AMOUNT V BX82 NF_PIS_BASE V BX80 NF_PIS_EBAS V BX81 NF_PIS_OFFSET V BX8O NF_PIS_PAUTA_RATE V BX8P NF_SUBTRIB_AMOUNT V BX41 NF_SUBTRIB_BASE V BX40 NF_SUBTRIB_NFRATE V BX44 NF_SUB_FREIGHT_AMOUNT V BX43 NF_SUB_FREIGHT_BASE V BX42 PISBASE V BPI2 PISLAW TX BLPI PISLAW V PISPAUTA V BPIP PISRATE V BPI1 SUBTRIBBASE1 V ISTB SUBTRIBBASE2 V IST2 SUBTRIBFIXPRICE V ISTF SUBTRIBICMS V ISTC SUBTRIBMINFACTOR V ISTN SUBTRIBMINPRICE V ISTM SUBTRIBSURCHARGE V ISTS SUBTRIBSURCHIN V ISTI SUBTRIBSURTYPE V ISTT TAXFREEREGION V DIZF TXSDCCOFINS V DCOF TXSDCICMS V DICM TXSDCICMSFREIGHT V DICF TXSDCINDUS V DISI TXSDCIPI V DIPI TXSDCISS V DISS TXSDCPIS V DPIS TXSDCSUBTRIB V DSUB TXSDCSUBTRIBFREIGHT V DSUF TXSDCWHT V DWHT TXSDTAXES V DGTX© SAP AG Page 159 of 226
  • 160. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Internal TC Code Application Condition Type WHTCOLL_COFINS TX BW21 WHTCOLL_COFINS V BW21 WHTCOLL_CSLL TX BW31 WHTCOLL_CSLL V BW31 WHTCOLL_GEN TX BW01 WHTCOLL_GEN V BW01 WHTCOLL_IR TX BW41 WHTCOLL_IR V BW41 WHTCOLL_PIS TX BW11 WHTCOLL_PIS V BW11 WHTRATE_COFINS TX BW22 WHTRATE_COFINS V BW22 WHTRATE_CSLL TX BW32 WHTRATE_CSLL V BW32 WHTRATE_GEN TX BW02 WHTRATE_GEN V BW02 WHTRATE_IR TX BW42 WHTRATE_IR V BW42 WHTRATE_PIS TX BW12 WHTRATE_PIS V BW12 WHT_ACCUMULATION TX BW51 WHT_ACCUMULATION V BW51 WHT_ACTIVE_COFINS V WCOC WHT_ACTIVE_COFINS_ACC V ICW6 WHT_ACTIVE_CSLL V WCSC WHT_ACTIVE_CSLL_ACC V ISW6 WHT_ACTIVE_GEN V WGEC WHT_ACTIVE_GEN_ACC V IGW6 WHT_ACTIVE_IR V WIRC WHT_ACTIVE_IR_ACC V IRW6 WHT_ACTIVE_PIS V WPIC WHT_ACTIVE_PIS_ACC V IPW6Assign Condition Tables to Tax TablesUseIn this IMG activity, you assign condition tables to Brazilian tax tables.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Tax IMG Menu on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Condition-Based Tax Calculation  Assign Condition Tables to Tax Tables Contabilidade financeira  Configuração contabilidade financeira  Menu IMG IVA  Brasil  Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições  Atribuir tabelas de controle a tabelas de impostos Transaction Code SPRO© SAP AG Page 160 of 226
  • 161. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. On the Change View “ Map Tax rate tables to Condition Tables”: Overview make the following entries: Table Name Tax Group Cond. Table J_1BTAXCODEV 0 3 J_1BTREGX 0 394 J_1BTXCI1 0 349 J_1BTXCOF 0 346 J_1BTXCOF 10 346 J_1BTXCOF 15 346 J_1BTXCOF 20 346 J_1BTXCOF 25 346 J_1BTXCOF 30 346 J_1BTXCOF 89 346 J_1BTXDEF 0 392 J_1BTXIC1 0 382 J_1BTXIC2 0 382 J_1BTXIC3 15 382 J_1BTXIC3 20 382 J_1BTXIC3 25 382 J_1BTXIC3 30 382 J_1BTXIC3 89 382 J_1BTXIP1 0 346 J_1BTXIP2 0 346 J_1BTXIP3 15 346 J_1BTXIP3 20 346 J_1BTXIP3 25 346 J_1BTXIP3 30 346 J_1BTXIP3 89 346 J_1BTXIS1 0 121 J_1BTXISS 10 601 J_1BTXISS 15 601 J_1BTXISS 20 601 J_1BTXISS 25 601 J_1BTXISS 30 601 J_1BTXISS 89 601 J_1BTXPIS 10 346 J_1BTXPIS 15 346 J_1BTXPIS 20 346 J_1BTXPIS 25 346 J_1BTXPIS 30 346 J_1BTXPIS 89 346 J_1BTXSDC 0 291 J_1BTXST1 0 348 J_1BTXST2 0 348 J_1BTXST3 15 348 J_1BTXST3 20 348 J_1BTXST3 25 348 J_1BTXST3 30 348 J_1BTXST3 89 348 J_1BTXWITH 10 346 J_1BTXWITH 15 346 J_1BTXWITH 20 346 J_1BTXWITH 25 346 J_1BTXWITH 30 346© SAP AG Page 161 of 226
  • 162. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Table Name Tax Group Cond. Table J_1BTXWITH 89 346Assign Condition Type to Withholding Tax TypeUseYou only need to carry out the following activity if you are implementing FI together with SD.Assign the corresponding withholding tax condition types to all withholding tax types.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Withholding Tax  Extended Withholding Tax  Calculation  IMG Menu Withholding Tax Type  Assign Condition Type to Withholding Tax Type Contabilidade financeira  Configuração contabilidade financeira  Menu IMG IVA  Brasil  Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições  Atribuir tabelas de controle a tabelas de impostos Transaction Code SPROCountry Key = BROn the Change View “ Withholding tax types: condition type”: Overview make the followingentries: WHT Type Name Condition Type CP COFINS at Payment WCOC PP PIS at Payment WPIC SP CSLL at Payment WCSC RP IR at Payment WIRC GP General WHT (PIS/COF/CSLL/IR) at WGEC Payment CA Cofins no pagamento - Acumulado ICW6 GA General WHT Payment - Acumulado IGW6 PA PIS no pagamento - Acumulado IPW6 RA IR at Payment (Accu) IRW6 SA CSLL no Pagamento - Acumulado ISW6 IC IRRF for natural persons (CPF) IF Funrural IN INSS IP FCPS IR IRRF for companies IS ISS IW ISS WHT WISC XX Cofins no pagamento - Acumulado© SAP AG Page 162 of 226
  • 163. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideTax Codes SDUseIn this IMG activity, you maintain special tax codes for Brazilian tax processing in Sales andDistribution (SD). When you enter a sales order, you need to enter the SD tax code per lineitem, which the system uses to determine which taxes are to be calculated using whichcalculation rules.Procedure1.Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Basic Settings  Tax IMG Menu on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil  Define SD Tax Codes Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais Menu IMG contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Definir código de imposto SD Transaction Code SPRO Country Key = BR On the Change View “SD: Tax Codes”: Overview make the following entries: Tax Code Description B1 Stock Transfer for sub. trib. C0 Consumption: No Tax C1 Consumption: ICMS C2 Consumption: ICMS+S.T.+ICMS Compl. C3 Consumption:ICMS+IPI C4 Consumption:ICMS+IPI+S.T. C5 Consumption:IPI CT Stock Transfer for consumption I0 Industrialization:No Tax I1 Industrialization:ICMS I2 Industrialization: ICMS + S.T. I3 Industrialization:ICMS+IPI I4 Industrialization: ICMS + IPI + S.T. I5 Industrialization:IPI I9 Services W0 Consumption: No Tax W1 Consumption: ICMS W2 Consumption: ICMS + S.T. W3 Consumption: ICMS + IPI W4 Consumption: ICMS + IPI + S.T. W5 Consumption: IPI YG Industrialization: ICMS + IPI Z0 Industrialization: No Tax Z1 Industrialization: ICMS Z2 Industrialization: ICMS + S.T. Z3 Industrialization: ICMS + IPI Z4 Industrialization: ICMS + IPI + S.T. Z5 Industrialization: IPI Z9 Services© SAP AG Page 163 of 226
  • 164. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide On the Change View “SD: Tax Codes”:Details make the following entries: Calc Calc Calc Calc Calc Calc ICMS ST Calc Calc Calc ICMS- IPI Tax Code Ind Cons Sub ICMS IPI ISS on on PIS COFINS WHT exempt exempt Trib frei frei B1 X X X X C0 X C1 X X X X X C2 X X X X X X C3 X X X X X X C4 X X X X X X X C5 X X X X X CT X X X I0 X I1 X X X X X I2 X X X X X X I3 X X X X X X I4 X X X X X X X I5 X X X X X I9 X X X X X W0 X X X W1 X X W2 X X X W3 X X X W4 X X X X W5 X X X X X YG X X X X X Z0 X Z1 X X Z2 X X X Z3 X X X Z4 X X X X Z5 X X Z9 X X XTax Codes MM/FIUseIn this IMG activity, you maintain the tax codes used for calculating Brazilian taxes in FinancialAccounting (FI) and Materials Management (MM). Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings IMG Menu (New) Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define FI/MM Tax Codes Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais Menu IMG contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Definir código de imposto FI/MM Transaction Code SPROOn the Determine Work Area:Entry screen entry the value TAXBRA© SAP AG Page 164 of 226
  • 165. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideOn the Change View “ MaintainTax Codes”: Overview make the following entries Tax Description Typ Usage Serv ICMS IPI ICMS IPI TC at SD Code ice Text Text ex. ex. GR TC A0 Out. Indust.: ICMS Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC4 IP1 I0 I0 A1 Out. Indust.: ICMS Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP1 I1 I1 Out. Indust.: ICMS + A3 IPI Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0 I3 I3 C0 In. Cons.: No tax Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC4 IP1 In. Cons.: ICMS + C1 CompICMS Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC0 IP1 In. Consumption: ICMS C2 + CompICMS + S.T. Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC0 IP1 In. Cons.: ICMS + C3 CompICMS + IPI Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC0 IP0 In. Cons.: ICMS + C4 CompICMS + S.T. + IPI Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC0 IP0 C5 In. Cons.: IPI Inp. Tax Consumpt. IC4 IP2 I0 In. Indust.: No tax Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC4 IP1 I1 In. Indust.: ICMS Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP1 I2 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC1 IP1 I3 In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. I4 + IPI Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC1 IP1 I5 In. Indust.: IPI Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC4 IP0 In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI: I6 Reselling Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. I7 + IPI: Reselling Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0 I9 In. ISS Inp. Tax X ISS ISS S0 Output SD tax: No tax Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC4 IP1 Output SD tax: SD ICMS/IPI/Sub.Trib. Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC1 IP0 Output SD: Tax exempt SE transactions Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC4 IP1 SI Output SD tax: ISS Outp. Tax ISS ISS Output SD tax: ICMS SZ Zona Franca Outp. Tax Prod./Sales IC1 IP0 Industrialization: Only ICMS-PIS/COFINS Y1 deductible Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP1 Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS Y3 deductible Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0 Industrialization: ICMS- PIS/COFINS non Z1 deductible Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP1 Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINS Z3 deduct Inp. Tax Prod./Sales IC0 IP0Define Official Collection CodesUseIn this IMG activity, you define official collection codes for calculating withholding tax in Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 165 of 226
  • 166. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  IMG Menu Withholding Tax  Extended Withholding Tax  Calculation  Brazil  Define Official Collection Codes Contabilidade financeira Configuração contabilidade financeira Menu IMG Imposto retido na fonte (IRF) Imposto retido na fonte ampliado  Cálculo Brasil Definir chaves de cobrança oficiais Transaction Code SPROCountry Key = BROn the Change View “ Define Withholding Tax Key”: Overview make the following entries: Official code Description 5952 PIS / COFINS / CSLL 4,65% 5960 COFINS 3,00% 5979 PIS 0,65% 5987 CSLL 1,00% 6228 CSLL 6230 PIS 6243 COFINS 6256 IR 1708 IRMap SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal FieldsUseIn this IMG activity, you map SD tax values to nota fiscal fields.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Tax IMG Menu on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Condition-Based Tax Calculation  Map SD Tax Values to Nota Fiscal Fields Contabilidade financeira  Configuração contabilidade financeira  IVA  Configurações globais  Brasil  Cálculo de imposto Menu IMG baseado em condições  Mapear valores fiscais SD para campos da Nota Fiscal Transaction Code SPRO2. Usage = A, Application = V and Pricing Procedure = RVABRA3. On the Change View “ SD Tax Conditions in Nota Fiscal fields”: Overview make the following entries:TxTy Tax Map Pauta Map Tax Map Total Map Tax Map Ex. Map Other Map WHT Rate Rate Amount Base Base Base Base CodeICON BCO1 1 BX7P 0 BX72 0 BX70 0 BX70 0 0 0ICOW BW22 1 0 ICOW 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 0 0 BW21ICSW BW32 1 0 ICSW 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 0 0 BW31IGEW BW02 1 0 IGEW 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 0 0 BW01IIRW BW42 1 0 IIRW 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 0 0 BW41IPSN BPI1 1 BX8P 0 BX82 0 BX80 0 BX80 0 0 0IPSW BW12 1 0 IPSW 0 BXWT 0 BXWT 0 0 0 BW11© SAP AG Page 166 of 226
  • 167. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideISSA ISVB 1 0 BX62 0 BX60 0 BX60 0 BX61 0 0ISSB ISVB 1 0 BX63 0 BX64 0 BX64 0 BX65 0 0ISSE ISVN 1 0 BX6C 0 BX6A 0 BX6A 0 BX6B 0 0ISSF ISVN 1 0 BX6D 0 BX6E 0 BX6E 0 BX6F 0 0ICM3 ICVA 1 0 BX13 0 BX10 0 BX10 0 BX11 0 BX12 0ICS3 BX44 0 0 BX41 0 BX40 0 BX40 0 0 0ICZF BX16 0 0 BXZF 0 0 0 BX11 0 BX12 0IFR3 BX16 0 0 BX15 0 BX14 0 BX14 0 0 0IFS3 BX44 0 0 BX43 0 BX42 0 BX42 0 0 0IPI3 IPVA 1 BXPA 0 BX23 0 BX20 0 BX20 0 BX21 0 BX22 0ISS3 ISVA 1 0 BX51 0 BX50 0 BX50 0 0 0ICOQ BW22 1 0 ICOQ 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BW21ICSQ BW32 1 0 ICSQ 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BW31IGEQ BW02 1 0 IGEQ 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BW01IIRQ BW42 1 0 IIRQ 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BW41IPSQ BW12 1 0 IPSQ 0 BXWA 0 BXWA 0 BW114. Repeat step 2 and 3 for Pricing Procedure YVABRA.Special Conditions for PricingUseIn this IMG activity, you maintain special pricing conditions for use in Sales and Distribution (SD).Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country- IMG Menu specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Special Conditions For Pricing Faturamento  Documentos de faturamento  Características Menu IMG especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país – Brasil  Condições especiais de determinação de preço Transaction Code SPRO2. Usage = A, Application = V and Pricing Procedure = RVABRA3. On the Change View “ SD AmountTransfer from pricing to Notas Fiscais”: Overview make the following entries: Cond Type NF Value IPI excl ST Mod. ST freight BXZF 1 Discount© SAP AG Page 167 of 226
  • 168. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Cond Type NF Value IPI excl ST Mod. ST freight ICMI 5 Value and Price K004 1 Discount X K005 1 Discount X K007 1 Discount X KF00 2 Freight X + ST base X4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for Pricing Procedure YVABRA.Define Sequence for Tax Law DeterminationUseHere you can define what is the access sequence for Tax Laws.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Tax IMG Menu on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define Sequence for SD Tax Law Determination Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais Menu IMG contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir seqüência da determinação da lei tributária SD Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen Change View “Sequence for tax law determination” , make the following entries: Sequência na det. Lei Fonte para determinação lei fiscal fiscal 1 0 Tax Exception Tables 2 1 Item Category Table 3 2 Customer MasterSALES DOCUMENTS BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATIONAssign Output Determination ProceduresUseIn this menu option, assign output determination procedures to the documents.You may also specify an output type which is to be displayed when the relevant document isdisplayed or changed.© SAP AG Page 168 of 226
  • 169. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideProcedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions  Output Control  Output Determination  Output Determination Using the Condition IMG Menu Technique  Maintain Output Determination for Sales Documents  Assign Output Determination Procedures Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Controle de mensagens  Determinação de mensagens  Determinação de Menu IMG mensagem via técnica de condições  Atualizar determinação de mensagens para docs.vendas  Atribuir esquema de mensagem Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen Change View “Sales Document Types – Output Determination”:Overview, make the following entries: Doc Type Application Output Proced Output Type COB V1 V07000 LP00 CRB V1 V10000 BA00 CXB V1 DLB DRB V1 V10000 BA00 DXB KBB V1 V10000 BA00 KEB V1 V10000 BA00 LAB V1 V10000 BA00 ORB V1 V10000 BA00 RCM V1 V10000 BA00 RCS V1 V10000 BA00 REB V1 ROB V1 VDOR V1 V10000 BA00 VEF V1 V10000 BA00 VEFR V1 V10000 BA00 YCO V1 V06000 AN00Define and Assign Account KeysUseYou define your account keys in this menu option and allocate them to the condition types inthe pricing procedures.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Account IMG Menu Assignment/Costing Revenue Account Determination Define And Assign Account Keys Vendas e Distribuição → Funções Básicas → Class.contábil/cálculo Menu IMG de custos → Det.conta de receita → Definir e atribuir chave de conta© SAP AG Page 169 of 226
  • 170. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SPRO2. Choose Definir chave de conta.3. On screen Change View “Account Key“: Overview, make the following entries: Chave de Conta Denominação YCF Provisões Cofins YPS Provisões PIS ZDV DevoluçãoAssign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales DocumentUseIn this IMG activity, you assign the document determination procedure for the productproposal to the individual sales document types.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution  Basic Functions Dynamic Product IMG Menu Proposal  Assign Document Procedure for Product Proposal to Sales Document Types Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Proposta de produto Menu IMG dinâmica  Atribuir esq.documentos p/prop.prod. aos tipos de documentos de vendas Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Modificar visão “Documentos de vendas: tipos – proposta de produto” screen, choose Entradas novas and enter the following data: TpDV Denominação EsDocPp CO Quotation A ORB Standard Order BR A YCO Quotation BR ADefine Industry Sector for CustomersUseIn this menu option, you define the industry sectors a customer can belong to.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: IMG Menu Sales and Distribution Master Data Business Partners© SAP AG Page 170 of 226
  • 171. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Customers Marketing Define Industry Sector For Customers Vendas e distribuição Dados mestre Parceiro negócios Menu IMG Clientes Marketing Definir setor industrial do cliente Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Industry Keys”: Overview, choose New Entries and enter the following data: Industry Description 1 Wholesale 2 Retail 3 IndustryDefine Shipping Conditions by Sales Document TypeUseIn this menu option, you can specify a shipping condition for individual sales document types.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Logistics Execution Shipping Basic Shipping Functions IMG Menu Shipping Point and Goods Receiving Point Determination  Define Shipping Conditions by Sales Document Type Logistics Execution  Expedição Bases Determinação de local Menu IMG de expedição/dpto.entrada mercadorias Definir condição de expedição por tipo documento de vendas Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Sales Document Types – Shipping Conditions”: Overview, choose New Entries and enter the following data: Doc Type Shipping Conditions BV 02 KBB KEB LAB RCM RCS REB ROB VDOR VEF VEFR CRB© SAP AG Page 171 of 226
  • 172. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Doc Type Shipping Conditions DRB ORB 01 COB CXB DLB DXBPricing Procedures: Determination in Sales Docs.UseYou define the pricing procedures in this step. In addition, you assign the pricing proceduresto the transactions by defining the following dependencies: • Customer • Sales document type • Sales areaIn the pricing procedure, you define which condition types should be taken into account and inwhich sequence. During pricing, the SAP System automatically determines which pricingprocedure is valid for a business transaction and it takes the condition types contained in itinto account one after the other.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Contracts IMG Menu Value Contract Define And Assign Pricing Procedure For Value Contract Vendas e distribuição  Venda  Documentos de vendas  Menu IMG Contratos  Contrato em valor  Definir e ordenar esquema de cálculo para contrato em valor Transaction Code SPRO2. Choose the Assing Pricing Procedure option.3. On the Change View “Pricing Procedure:Determination in Sales Docs”: Overview, enter the following data: Sales Distr Division Doc Customer Pricing Condition Organ Chanel Pric Pric Proc Proced Proc 1000 10 10 A 1 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 A 2 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 B 1 RVWIA1 1000 10 10 C 1 RVCA01 1000 10 10 C 2 RVCA02© SAP AG Page 172 of 226
  • 173. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide 1000 10 10 D 1 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 D 2 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 L 1 RVLB00 VPRS 1000 10 10 P 1 VPKPS1 PR00 1000 10 10 P 2 VPKPS1 PR00 1000 10 10 R 1 YVABRA EK01 1000 10 10 R 2 YVABRA EK01 1000 10 10 S 1 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 S 2 YVABRA PR00 1000 10 10 V 1 YVABRA EK01 1000 10 10 V 2 YVABRA EK01 1000 10 10 W 1 PSER02 1000 10 10 W 2 PSER02 1000 10 10 X 1 WMP001 1000 10 10 Y 1 WK0001 WK00 1000 10 10 Y 2 WK0001 WK00 1100 10 10 A 1 YVABRA PR00Calculation Procedures for CBT CalculationUseThe system needs to identify whether in the currently processed calculation procedure the taxcalculation is condition-based or not. This is necessary to either call the classical, external taxcalculation or the new tax calculation in condition value formula 320. For this reason, youspecify the calculation procedure for CBT in the new IMG activity.Procedure1. Access the activity as follows: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Condition-Based Tax Calculation  Specify Calculation Procedures for Condition-Based Tax Calculation Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Cálculo de imposto baseado em condições  Indicar esquemas de cálculo p/cálculo de imposto baseado em condições Transaction Code SPRO2. Make the following entries: Determine work area entry: Usage Application A V Calculation Procedures for Condition Based Tax Calculation:© SAP AG Page 173 of 226
  • 174. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Procedure CBT Act. Description YVABRA X Std Pricing – RVABRA – BRAssign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and DivisionUseIn this step you assign the plant / valuation area and division combination to a business areato enable automatic business area account assignment.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Enterprise Structure  Assignment  Logistics - General  Assign IMG Menu Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Division Estrutura do empreendimento  Atribuição  Logística geral  Menu IMG Atribuir centro/area avaliação – setor atividade  divisão Transaction Code SPRO2. Click in the button “Plant/valuation area – division” :3. Click in the button “New Entries” and create the following entries: Plnt Dv Name BusA Description 1000 10 Product Division 10 1100 10 Product Division 104. Save your settings.Define Wich Taxes are included in SD Price ConditionsUseIn this IMG activity, you define which taxes are included in which prices.Procedure1. Access the activity by the following navigation and note the corresponding BC-Set: Financial Accounting  Financial Accounting Global Settings  Tax IMG Menu on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define wich taxes are included in SD price conditions Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil Menu IMG  Define quais impostos estão contidos em condições p/determinação preços SD Transaction Code SPRO2. On screen “Determine Work Area: Entry” , make the following entries: Application = V and Pricing Procedure = YVABRA3. On screen Change View “Groups of Brazilian Taxes in SD Price Conditions” , make the following entries:© SAP AG Page 174 of 226
  • 175. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide C Type Group PR00 COFI PR00 ISSP PR00 ISSS PR00 PIS ZPB1 ISSP ZPB1 ISSS ZPB2 COFI ZPB2 PIS ZPB3 COFI ZPB3 ISSP ZPB3 ISSS ZPB3 PISAssign Nota Fiscal to Sales OrderUseHere, you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country- IMG Menu specific Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Specify Nota Fiscal Category Vendas e distribuição Faturamento  Documentos de Menu IMG faturamento Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país - Brasil Determinar tipo nota fiscal Transaction Code SPRO2. Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type NF Type YCO N1DEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDSDEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS - CustomerUseHere, you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.Procedure1. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution Basic Functions  Taxes  Define Tax IMG Menu Relevancy Of Master Records Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Impostos  Definir Menu IMG relevância para impostos dos registros mestre Transaction Code SPRO© SAP AG Page 175 of 226
  • 176. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. Choose Customer Taxes.3. Enter the following data: Tax category Tax classification Description IBRX 0 Not taxable IBRX 1 Normal taxes IBRX 2 Zona Franca - ICMSDEFINE TAX RELEVANCY OF MASTER RECORDS - MaterialUseHere, you can assign nota fiscal types to sales document types.Procedure4. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution Basic Functions  Taxes  Define Tax IMG Menu Relevancy Of Master Records Vendas e distribuição  Funções básicas  Impostos  Definir Menu IMG relevância para impostos dos registros mestre Transaction Code SPRO5. Choose Material Taxes.6. Enter the following data: Tax category Tax classification Description IBRX 1 IPI/ICMS/Sub.Trib. IBRX 2 ISSMANUAL ACTIVITIESActivation of Tax CodesUseWith this step you will activate the Condition Types needed for each Tax Code configured by previousautomated customizing.PrerequisitesThe Tax codes were created by previous activation steps.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:© SAP AG Page 176 of 226
  • 177. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IMG  Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  IMG Menu Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Managers Workplace IMG  Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais Menu IMG contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. If the Country dialog box appears, select BR. If not, check if BR was already selected for this user (menu Tax Calculation -> Other Country)3. On Tax Managers Workplace screen, press button Maintain MM Tax codes (Shift + F4) and select procedure TAXBRA; press <Enter>.4. Select the Tax code line to maintain (e.g.: A1), press button Maintain Tax code Conditions (Ctrl + F3).5. Select the activation flag (first column) for each relevant condition for this Tax code (e.g.: IPI0, ICM3).6. Go Back (F3) and Save (Ctrl + S).7. Execute the steps 3 to 5 for each Tax code indicated below and respective Condition Types:Tax Code Cond. TypesA0 ICM0, IPI0A1 IPI0, ICM3A3 IPI3, ICM3C0 IPI0, ICM0C1 IPI0, ICM2, ICOP, ICOXC2 IPI0, ICM2, ICS2, ICOP, ICOXC3 IPI2, ICM2, ICOP, ICOXC4 IPI2, ICM2, ICS2, ICOP, ICOXC5 ICM0, IPI2I0 IPI0, ICM0I1 IPI0, ICM1I2 IPI0, ICM1, ICS1I3 IPI1, IPI4, ICM1I4 IPI1, IPI4, ICM1, ICS1I5 ICM0, IPI1, IPI4I6 ICM1, IPI2I7 ICM1, ICS1, IPI2I9 ISS3K5 IPI1, ICM1, IP1O, IC1O© SAP AG Page 177 of 226
  • 178. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideK6 IP1C, IC1CS0 IPI0, ICM0SD IPI3, ICM3, ICS3SE IPI0, ICM0SI ISS3SZ ICM3, ICS3, ICZFY1 IPI0, ICM1, ICOF, IPIS, ICOV, ICOS, ICOU, ICOA, IPSV, IPSS, IPSU, IPSAY3 IPI1, IPI4, ICM1, ICOF, IPIS, ICOV, ICOS, ICOU, ICOA, IPSV, IPSS, IPSU, IPSAZ1 IPI0, ICM1, ICON, ICOO, IPSN, IPSOZ3 IPI1, IPI4, ICM1, ICON, ICOO, IPSN, IPSOMaintain Specific Tax Type ICMOUseWith this activity you will check, and maintain if necessary, the tax type ICMO.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG  Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  IMG Menu Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Managers Workplace IMG  Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais Menu IMG contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. If the Country dialog box appears, select BR. If not, check if BR was already selected for this user (menu Tax Calculation -> Other Country)3. Select the menu Condition Setup -> Tax Types.4. On the Change View "Tax Types": Overview screen check if exist an entry for tax type ICMO (WARNING: this key ends with letter O and not number zero).5. If the entry exists, select it and press Delete (Shift + F2). Save (Ctrl + S) your action.6. On the Prompt for a Workbench request screen, accept the suggested for project activation or create a new one.© SAP AG Page 178 of 226
  • 179. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideMASTER DATACreate Output Tax Record (IBRX)UseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition records to determine the TAX Code insales orders processing.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: SAP menu  Logistics  Sales and Distribution  Master Data  IMG Menu Conditions  Select Using Condition Type  VK11 - Create Menu SAP  Logística  Vendas e distribuição  Dados mestre Menu IMG Condições  Seleção via tipo de condição  Criar Transaction Code VK112. Enter IBRX in the condition type field in the Create Condition Records screen.3. On the Create Brazil Tax Calc. Condition (IBRX) : Fast Entry make the following entries: Country Cust Tax Class Mat. Tax Class Amount Tax Code BR 0 1 0,000 S0 BR 0 2 0,000 S0 BR 1 1 100,000 SD BR 1 2 100,000 SI BR 2 1 100,000 SZ BR 2 2 100,000 SICreate Initial Tax Rates 100%UseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code VK152. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: Cond. Type Table Country Amount ICMO 390 BR 100- ICSO 390 BR 100- IPIC 390 BR 100 IPIO 390 BR 100-3. Note that the entries are is time-independent, meaning they are valid until 01/01/2999, for example.4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back© SAP AG Page 179 of 226
  • 180. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideCreate Initial Base Rates 100%UseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code VK152. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: Cond. Type Table Country Amount Valid From Valid To ICBS 392 BR 100 01/01/2008 31/12/2999 IPBS 392 BR 100 01/01/2008 31/12/29993. Choose Save.4. Choose Back.Create Initial Base Rates 100%UseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the initial condition records for Brazil.Procedure5. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code FV116. On the Create Condition Records screen make the following entries: Cond. Type Country Amount Valid From Valid To BXWT BR 100 01/01/2008 31/12/2999 BIC6 BR 100 01/01/2008 31/12/29997. Choose Save.8. Choose BackNota Fiscal Condition RecordsUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the Nota Fiscal Condition Records for Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Transaction Code J1BG2. On the Change Output – Condition Records : Nota Fiscal screen make the following entries, selecting Choose Condition Tables for Output Nota Fiscal key combination.© SAP AG Page 180 of 226
  • 181. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Nota ReleaseOutput Company Business Fiscal Output Language Nr. of Print afterType Code Place Form Device Key messag Immed outputNF01 1000 1000 NF01 LOCL PT 1NF01 1000 1100 NF01 LOCL PT 1NF02 1000 1000 NF02 LOCL PT 1NF02 1000 1100 NF02 LOCL PT 13. Choose Save.4. Choose BackCreate Initial PIS Tax RateUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition record for PIS Tax Rate Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  IMG Menu Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Managers Workplace Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções Menu IMG para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Work Place screen choose Maintain PIS Values option and entry the values: Country Key Tax Group BR 893. On the Change View “Tax Calculation:PIS” Overview screen entry the values: Valid From Valid To Tax Rate Tax Base 01.01.2005 31.12.2999 1,65 100Create Initial COFINS Tax RateUseThe purpose of this activity is to maintain the condition record for PIS Tax Rate Brazil.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG  Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  IMG Menu Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Access Tax Managers Workplace Menu IMG IMG  Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações© SAP AG Page 181 of 226
  • 182. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Work Place screen choose Maintain COFINS Values option and entry the values: Country Key Tax Group BR 893. On the Change View “Tax Calculation:COFINS” Overview screen entry the values: Valid From Valid To Tax Rate Tax Base 01.01.2005 31.12.2999 7,60 100© SAP AG Page 182 of 226
  • 183. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide BRAZILIAN LOCALIZATION Nota Fiscal Electronic (NF-e) Purpose This section of the configuration guide provides the information you need to set up the configuration of NF-e. If you do not want to configure manually and prefer an automated installation process using the SAP Best Practices Installation Assistant and other tools, refer to the SAP Best Practices Quick Guide. Preparationsites Before you start installing this scenario, you must install prerequisite building blocks. For more information, see the Building Block Prerequisites Matrix for SAP Best Practices Baseline Package. Define Forms - NF-e Procedure 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output  Define Forms Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Saída  Definir formulários Transaction Code SPRO 2. On the Change View “Forms”: Overview screen, choose New entries and enter the values shown below: Form Form description NF55 Nota Fiscal Eletronica 3. Choose Save. 4. Choose Back (F3). Define Number Groups - NF-e Procedure 1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output  Define Number Groups Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Saída  Definir grupos de nºs © SAP AG Page 183 of 226
  • 184. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Transaction Code SPRO2. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, choose New entries and enter the values shown below: NF number group Description 1000EE 1000 – Incomming NF-e 1000ES 1000 – Outgoing NF-e 1100EE 1100 – Incomming NF-e 1100ES 1100 – Outgoing NF-e 1010EE 1010 – Incomming NF-e 1010ES 1010 – Outgoing NF-e3. Choose Save.4. Choose Back (F3).Condition types for Output Determination –NF-eProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output Determination  Condition Types Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Determinação da saída  Tipos de condição Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Output Types”: Overview screen, choose Display -> Change (Ctrl+F1) then choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Output type NF55 Description Form 1 - NFe General data Access sequence 0001 Access to conditions X – flag Partner-indep. Output X – flag Default values Dispatch time 1 – Send with periodically sch. Transmission Medium 1 – Print output Storage system Storage Mode 1 – Print only Document type MMINOTAFIS Partner-indep. Output X – flag© SAP AG Page 184 of 226
  • 185. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide4. Double-click on Mail title and texts to check if have information about e-mails.5. Choose Processing routines, and choose New Entries.6. On the New Entries: details of Added Entries, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Transm. Medium 1 – Print output Processing 1 Program ZNFE_PRINT_DANFE Form Routine ENTRY PDF/Smartform Form Z_NFDANFE_PORTRAIT_SAP This smart form will be defined from the company. Form Type 1 - SmartForm7. Choose Enter.8. Choose Partner Function to see the customizing.9. Choose Save.10. Choose Back.Condition types for Nota Fiscal Parallel Process (Optional)UseThis activity must be customized if the company uses Nota Fiscal Parallel Process. Thiscustomizing it is not necessary to create an object.Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output Determination  Condition Types Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Determinação da saída  Tipos de condição Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Output Types”: Overview screen, choose Display -> Change (Ctrl+F1) then choose Output type NF01 and chose with double-click Processing routines.3. On the Change view “Processing routines”: Details, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Processing 1 Program J_1BNFPR Form Routine ENTRY PDF/Smartform Form Z_NFDANFE_PORTRAIT_SAP This smart form will be defined from the company. Form J_1BNOTA_FISCAL© SAP AG Page 185 of 226
  • 186. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field name Description User action and values Comment Processing 2 Program J_1BNFEXMLOUTPARALLEL Form Routine ENTRY Form Processing 3 Program ZNFE_PRINT_DANFE Form Routine ENTRY Form4. Choose Enter.5. Choose Save.Maintain Number Ranges for NF-eProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e)  Maintain Number Ranges for NF-e Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e) Atualizar intervalos de numeração para NF-e Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Nota fiscal Electronica Number screen, on the field NF number group insert 1000ES and choose Change intervals.3. Insert the intervals FROM NUMBER 000000001, TO NUMBER999999999.4. Choose Save and repeat the steps with Group 1100ES and 1010ES.5. Choose Back Twice.Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters – NF-eProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output  Assign Numbering and Printing Parameters Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Saída  Atribuir parêmetros de numeração e impressão Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “General Print Parameters”: Overview screen, select New entries.3. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, enter de following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Company Code 1000 Business Place 0001© SAP AG Page 186 of 226
  • 187. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field name Description User action and values Comment Nota Fiscal Form NF55 Nota Fiscal Electronic General Data NF Numbers 1000ES Series 1 Lines head.msg 12 Item lines 7 Printer LOCL NF-e No. Range No. 01 Numbering Contin. X Output Device LOCL RFC Call 1 Ø Numbering, RFC call and data base update in the same LUW. Use for create NF-e number automatically. 1 Numbering & RFC is triggered via the Monitor Report( J1BNFE). Using button . 2 Numbering in Monitor Report - RFC via batch report. 3 Numbering and RFC are triggered in the batch report J_1BRFCB.4. Choose Save.5. Execute the steps 3 and 4 using another Business Place (i.e. 0002).6. Choose Back.Output Determination Procedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output Determination  Output Determination Procedure Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Determinação da saída  Esquema de mensagens Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview screen, mark NF0001 and choose with double-click Control data.3. On the Change View “Control data”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Step 30 Counter 1 CTyp Counter Type NF55 Form 1 – NF-e5. Choose Save.© SAP AG Page 187 of 226
  • 188. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide6. Choose Back.Create Condition Record - NF-eProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Output  Condition Records  Create Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Saída  Registros condição  Criar Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Create Output – Condition Records: Nota fiscal screen, enter with the Output Type NF55 and choose Enter.3. On the pop-up Key Combination select Condition tables for Output Nota Fiscal and choose Enter.4. On the Create Condition Records (Form 1): Fast Entry screen, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Company Code 1000 Business Place 0001 NF Form NF55 Nota Fiscal Electronica5. Choose Enter.6. Choose Communication or select double-click on NF Form.7. On the Create Condition Records (Form 1): Communication screen, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment Output Device i.e. LOCL Print Immediately X – Flag SAP cover page Do Not Print Storage Mode 1 – Print Only8. Choose Save.9. Choose Back Twice.10. Repeat this procedure for Business Place 0002 and for Business Place 0003 – Company Code 1010.Define Nota Fiscal TypesProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Define Nota Fiscal Types Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Definir tipos de nota fiscal Transaction Code SPRO© SAP AG Page 188 of 226
  • 189. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide2. On the Change View “Nota Fiscal Types”: Overview screen, choose New Entries to define the following Nota Fiscal Types: If you have any code created before, please use another code, these codes are just suggestions to create a Nota fiscal category. NF Category Lang Description ZF EN Cancel Outgoing direction (A) – NF-e PT Cancelamento saída (A) - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag Document Type 5 Cancel Direction of Movement Outgoing3. Choose Save.4. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YH EN Cancel Incoming direction (A) – NF-e PT Cancelamento entrada (A) - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag Document Type 5 Cancel Direction of Movement Incoming5. Choose Save.6. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description ZA EN Nota Fiscal Outgoing – NF-e PT Nota Fiscal saída - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 1 Nota Fiscal Direction of Movement Outgoing Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 557. Choose Save.8. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description ZB EN Nota Fiscal Complementar of Outgoing PT Complementar à nota fiscal de saída - NF© SAP AG Page 189 of 226
  • 190. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF Category Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 2 Complementar Direction of Movement Outgoing Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 559. Choose Save.10. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description ZC EN Nota Fiscal Correction of Outgoing – NF-e PT Correção de nota fiscal de saída - NF-E Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 3 Correction Direction of Movement Outgoing11. Choose Save.12. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description ZD EN Nota Fiscal Return of Outgoing – NF-e PT Devolução NF de saída - NF-E Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 6 Return Direction of Movement Incoming Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5513. Choose Save.14. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description ZE EN Nota Fiscal Return of Outgoing (Entrada) – NF-e PT Devolução NF de saída (entrada) - NF-e© SAP AG Page 190 of 226
  • 191. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF Category Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Nota Fiscal Entrada X – Flag Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 6 Return Direction of Movement Incoming Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5515. Choose Save.16. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YA EN Nota Fiscal Incoming – NF-e PT Nota fiscal entrada - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 1 Nota Fiscal Direction of Movement Incoming NF partner function LF – Vendor NF partner type V – Vendor Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5517. Choose Save.18. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YB EN Nota Fiscal Return of Incoming – NF-e PT Devolução (saída) à NF entrada - NF-e© SAP AG Page 191 of 226
  • 192. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF Category Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 6 Return Direction of Movement Outgoing NF partner function LF – Vendor NF partner type V – Vendor Text key RETU - Return text for IPI Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5519. Choose Save.20. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YC EN Nota Fiscal Issue – NF-e PT Nota fiscal saída de mercadorias - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 1 Nota Fiscal Direction of Movement Outgoing Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5521. Choose Save.22. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YD EN Nota Fiscal Return of Issue – NF-e PT Devolução NF p/saída mercad. - NF-e© SAP AG Page 192 of 226
  • 193. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF Category Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 6 Return Direction of Movement Incoming Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5523. Choose Save.24. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YE EN Nota Fiscal Receipt – NF-e PT Nota fiscal entrada de mercadorias-NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 1 Nota Fiscal Direction of Movement Incoming Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5525. Choose Save.26. Choose New Entries to enter the following values: NF Category Lang Description YF EN Nota Fiscal Return of Receipt – NF-e PT Devolução NF de entrada mercad.- NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type ZF - Cancel Outgoing direction (A) Document Type 6 Return Direction of Movement Outgoing Other tab Nota Fiscal form NF55 - Nota Fiscal Electronica Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5527. Choose Save.28. Choose New Entries to enter the following values:© SAP AG Page 193 of 226
  • 194. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide NF Category Lang Description YG EN Consignment – NF-e PT Consignação - NF-e Field name Description User action and values Comment Electronic NF X – Flag NF cancel type YH - Cancel Incoming direction (A) Document Type 1 Nota Fiscal Direction of Movement Incoming NF partner function LF – Vendor NF partner type V – Vendor NF Item Type 51 Consignment invoice item Other tab Nota Fiscal model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 5529. Choose Save.30. Choose Back.Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods MovementsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e)  Define NF Type Redetermination for Goods Movements Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e)  Definir redeterminação do tipo de NF para movimentos de mercadorias Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “NF-e: NF Type determination for goods movements”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the following values: Plant Movement Type NF Type User Decision 541 YC 542 YD X 543 YE X 821 YE X 822 YF 833 YC 835 YE X 861 YE X© SAP AG Page 194 of 226
  • 195. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Plant Movement Type NF Type User Decision 862 YC4. Save your entries.5. Choose Back.Defining Business PlacesProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  CNPJ Business Places  Define Business Places Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Filial CNPJ  Definir locais de negócio Transaction Code SPRO2. On the pop-up Determine Work Area: Entry enter the Company Code and choose Enter.3. On the Change View “Branch”: Overview screen, mark the Business Place on right side of screen and then select with double-click NFe Configuration.4. Select New Entries.5. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, enter the following values: Field name Description User action and values Comment NF model 55 Nota Fiscal – Model 55 Valid from (i.e. 20.10.2008) <current date> System ID i.e. 2 Homologation (Test) You can use 1 Production. SAP xNFe Active X Destination i.e. SCICLNT100 XML Version 1,10 NFe Appl. Ver. SAP NFE 1.0 Value Normal 1 Value Conting, 2 Proc.Identific. 0 NF-e issued by contributors system For. UF Value EX For. CMUN Value 9999999 For. XMUN Value EXTERIOR6. Choose Save.7. Repeat steps for Company Code 1010.8. Choose Back.© SAP AG Page 195 of 226
  • 196. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideDefining NF Type Redetermination per Business PlaceProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Sales and Distribution - Billing Documents  Define NF Type Redetermination per Business Place Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Vendas e distribuição - documentos de faturamento  Definir redeterminação do tipo de NF por local de negócio Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Nota Fiscal Type Redetermination per Business Place”: Ove screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries, enter the following values: CoCd Bus. Place NT Alt. NFT 1000 0001 N1 ZA 1000 0001 N2 ZB 1000 0001 N3 ZC 1000 0001 N4 ZD 1000 0001 N5 ZE 1000 0002 N1 ZA 1000 0002 N2 ZB 1000 0002 N3 ZC 1000 0002 N4 ZD 1000 0002 N5 ZE 1010 0003 N1 ZA 1010 0003 N2 ZB 1010 0003 N3 ZC 1010 0003 N4 ZD 1010 0003 N5 ZE4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.Assign XML Version to RegionProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e)  Assign XML Version to Region Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Notas fiscais eletrônicas© SAP AG Page 196 of 226
  • 197. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide (NF-e)  Atribuir versão XML à região Transaction Code SPRO2. On the pop-up Determine Work Area: Entry screen insert the Country Key (BR), choose Enter.3. On the Change View “NF-e: Version of XML File”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. On the field Region insert the state (i.e. SP), on field XML Vers. Insert the version of state (i.e. 1,10).5. Choose Save.6. Choose Back.Defining SEFAZ Status CodesProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e)  Define SEFAZ Status Codes Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e)  Definir códigos de status SEFAZ Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “NF-e: Status Code Maintanance”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, enter the following values shown below: Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description 100 EN PT Autorizado o uso da NF-e 101 EN PT Cancelamento de NF-e homologado 102 EN PT Inutilização de número homologado 103 EN PT Lote recebido com sucesso 104 EN PT Lote processado 105 EN PT Lote em processamento 106 EN PT Lote não localizado 107 EN PT Serviço em Operação 108 EN© SAP AG Page 197 of 226
  • 198. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description PT Serviço Paralisado Momentaneamente (curto prazo) 109 EN PT Serviço Paralisado sem Previsão 110 EN PT Uso Denegado 111 EN PT Consulta cadastro com uma ocorrência 112 EN PT Consulta cadastro com mais de uma ocorrência 201 EN PT Rejeição: O numero máximo de numeração de NF-e a inutilizar ultrapassou o li 202 EN PT Rejeição: Falha no reconhecimento da autoria ou integridade do arquivo digit 203 EN PT Rejeição: Emissor não habilitado para emissão da NF-e 204 EN PT Rejeição: Duplicidade de NF-e 205 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e está denegada na base de dados da SEFAZ 206 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e já está inutilizada na Base de dados da SEFAZ 207 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ do emitente inválido 208 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ do destinatário inválido 209 EN PT Rejeição: IE do emitente inválida 210 EN PT Rejeição: IE do destinatário inválida 211 EN PT Rejeição: IE do substituto inválida 212 EN PT Rejeição: Data de emissão NF-e posterior a data de recebimento 213 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ-Base do Emitente difere do CNPJ-Base do Certificado Digital© SAP AG Page 198 of 226
  • 199. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description 214 EN PT Rejeição: Tamanho da mensagem excedeu o limite estabelecido 215 EN PT Rejeição: Falha no schema XML 216 EN PT Rejeição: Chave de Acesso difere da cadastrada 217 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e não consta na base de dados da SEFAZ 218 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e já esta cancelada na base de dados da SEFAZ 219 EN PT Rejeição: Circulação da NF-e verificada 220 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e autorizada há mais de 60 dias 221 EN PT Rejeição: Confirmado o recebimento da NF-e pelo destinatário 222 EN PT Rejeição: Protocolo de Autorização de Uso difere do cadastrado 223 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ do transmissor do lote difere do CNPJ do transmissor da consu 224 EN PT Rejeição: A faixa inicial é maior que a faixa final 225 EN PT Rejeição: Falha no Schema XML da NFe 226 EN PT Rejeição: Código da UF do Emitente diverge da UF autorizadora 227 EN PT Rejeição: Erro na Chave de Acesso - Campo ID 228 EN PT Rejeição: Data de Emissão muito atrasada 229 EN PT Rejeição: IE do emitente não informada 230 EN PT Rejeição: IE do emitente não cadastrada 231 EN PT Rejeição: IE do emitente não vinculada ao CNPJ 232 EN© SAP AG Page 199 of 226
  • 200. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description PT Rejeição: IE do destinatário não informada 233 EN PT Rejeição: IE do destinatário não cadastrada 234 EN PT Rejeição: IE do destinatário não vinculada ao CNPJ 235 EN PT Rejeição: Inscrição SUFRAMA inválida 236 EN PT Rejeição: Chave de Acesso com dígito verificador inválido 237 EN PT Rejeição: CPF do destinatário inválido 238 EN PT Rejeição: Cabeçalho - Versão do arquivo XML superior a Versão vigente 239 EN PT Rejeição: Cabeçalho - Versão do arquivo XML não suportada 240 EN PT Rejeição: Cancelamento/Inutilização - Irregularidade Fiscal do Emitente 241 EN PT Rejeição: Um número da faixa já foi utilizado 242 EN PT Rejeição: Cabeçalho - Falha no Schema XML 243 EN PT Rejeição: XML Mal Formado 244 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ do Certificado Digital difere do CNPJ da Matriz e do CNPJ do Emit 245 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ Emitente não cadastrado 246 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ Destinatário não cadastrado 247 EN PT Rejeição: Sigla da UF do Emitente diverge da UF autorizadora 248 EN PT Rejeição: UF do Recibo diverge da UF autorizadora 249 EN PT Rejeição: UF da Chave de Acesso diverge da UF autorizadora© SAP AG Page 200 of 226
  • 201. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description 250 EN PT Rejeição: UF diverge da UF autorizadora 251 EN PT Rejeição: UF/Município destinatário não pertence a SUFRAMA 252 EN PT Rejeição: Ambiente informado diverge do Ambiente de recebimento 253 EN PT Rejeição: Digito Verificador da chave de acesso composta inválida 254 EN PT Rejeição: NF-e referenciada não informada para NF-e complementar 255 EN PT Rejeição: Informada mais de uma NF-e referenciada para NF-e complementar 256 EN PT Rejeição: Uma NF-e da faixa já está inutilizada na Base de dados da SEFAZ 257 EN PT Rejeição: Solicitante não habilitado para emissão da NF-e 258 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ da consulta inválido 259 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ da consulta não cadastrado como contribuinte na UF 260 EN PT Rejeição: IE da consulta inválida 261 EN PT Rejeição: IE da consulta não cadastrada como contribuinte na UF 262 EN PT Rejeição: UF não fornece consulta por CPF 263 EN PT Rejeição: CPF da consulta inválido 264 EN PT Rejeição: CPF da consulta não cadastrado como contribuinte na UF 265 EN PT Rejeição: Sigla da UF da consulta difere da UF do Web Service 266 EN PT Rejeição: Série utilizada não permitida no Web Service© SAP AG Page 201 of 226
  • 202. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description 267 EN PT Rejeição: NF Complementar referencia uma NF-e inexistente 268 EN PT Rejeição: NF Complementar referencia uma outra NF-e Complementar 269 EN PT Rejeição: CNPJ Emitente da NF Complementar difere do CNPJ da NF Referenciada 270 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Fato Gerador: dígito inválido 271 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Fato Gerador: difere da UF do emitente 272 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Emitente: dígito inválido 273 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Emitente: difere da UF do emitente 274 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Destinatário: dígito inválido 275 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Destinatário: difere da UF do Destinatário 276 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Retirada: dígito inválido 277 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Retirada: difere da UF do Local de Retir. 278 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Entrega: dígito inválido 279 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do Local de Entrega: difere da UF do Local de Entrada 280 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor inválido 281 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor Data Validade 282 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor sem CNPJ 283 EN© SAP AG Page 202 of 226
  • 203. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor - erro Cadeia de Certificação 284 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor revogado 285 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor difere ICP-Brasil 286 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Transmissor erro no acesso a LCR 287 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do FG - ISSQN: dígito inválido 288 EN PT Rejeição: Código Município do FG - Transporte: dígito inválido 289 EN PT Rejeição: Código da UF informada diverge da UF solicitada 290 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura inválido 291 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura Data Validade 293 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura - erro Cadeia de Certificação 294 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura revogado 295 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura difere ICP-Brasil 296 EN PT Rejeição: Certificado Assinatura erro no acesso a LCR 297 EN PT Rejeição: Assinatura difere do calculado 298 EN PT Rejeição: Assinatura difere do padrão do Projeto 299 EN PT Rejeição: XML da área de cabeçalho com codificação diferente de UTF-8 301 EN PT Uso Denegado : Irregularidade fiscal do emitente 302 EN PT Uso Denegado : Irregularidade fiscal do destinatário 401 EN PT Rejeição: CPF do remetente inválido© SAP AG Page 203 of 226
  • 204. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Stat Code Lang. Status Code Description 402 EN PT Rejeição: XML da área de dados com codificação diferente de UTF- 8 403 EN PT Rejeição: O grupo de informações da NF-e avulsa é de uso exclusivo do Fisco 404 EN PT Rejeição: Uso de prefixo de namespace não permitido 405 EN PT Rejeição: Código do país do emitente: dígito inválido 406 EN PT Rejeição: Código do país do destinatário: dígito inválido 407 EN PT Rejeição: O CPF só pode ser informado no campo emitente para a NF-e avulsa 999 EN PT Rejeição: Erro ñ catalogado (inf. msg. de erro capturado no tratamento exceção)4. Save your entries.5. Choose Back (F3).Defining Cancellation ReasonsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Electronic Notas Fiscaís (NF-e)  Define Cancellation Reasons Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Notas fiscais eletrônicas (NF-e)  Definir motivos de estorno Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “NFe: Reason for Cancel/Skip”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter for the values shown below: Field name Description User action and values Comment Cancel Reason 01 Logistic Invoice 01 Description Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel.4. Save your entries and return to the Change View “NFe: Reason for Cancel/Skip”: Overview screen.5. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below:© SAP AG Page 204 of 226
  • 205. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Field name Description User action and values Comment Cancel Reason 02 Logistic Invoice 02 Description Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. Cancel Reason 03 Logistic Invoice 03 Description Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. Cancel Reason 04 Logistic Invoice 04 Description Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel. Cancel Reason 05 Logistic Invoice 05 Description Nota Fiscal Electronica Cancel.6. Save your entries.7. Choose Back.Defining IPI Tax SituationsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define IPI Tax Situations Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir situação fiscal IPI Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax situation IPI” Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below: Tax sit. Lang Description 0 EN Incoming with IPI credit PT Entrada com recuperação de crédito 1 EN Incoming with tax rate = zero PT Entrada tributada com alíquota zero 2 EN Incoming exempt of IPI PT Entrada isenta 3 EN Incoming not taxed by IPI PT Entrada não tributada 4 EN Incoming - IPI immune PT Entrada imune 5 EN Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70)© SAP AG Page 205 of 226
  • 206. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tax sit. Lang Description PT Entrada com suspensão 49 EN Other incomings PT Outras entradas 50 EN Outgoing taxed by IPI PT Saída tributada 51 EN Outgoing IPI tax rate = zero PT Saída tributada com alíquota zero 52 EN Outgoing exempt of IPI PT Saída isenta 53 EN Outgoing IPI not taxed PT Saída não tributada 54 EN Outgoin - IPI immune PT Saída imune 55 EN Outgoing IPI suspension PT Saída com suspensão 99 EN Other outgoings PT Outras saídas4. Save your entries.5. Choose Back.Defining PIS Tax SituationsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define PIS Tax Situations Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir situações fiscais PIS Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax situation PIS” Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below: Tax sit. Lang Description 01 EN Tax due (tax base is NF total / normal tax rate / cumulative PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. alíq.normal (cumula 02 EN Tax due (tax base is NF total / special tax rate) PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper.(aliq.diferenciada)) 03 EN Tax due (tax base is quantity sold x rate per product unit) PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant.vend X Aliq. Un. Prod.)© SAP AG Page 206 of 226
  • 207. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tax sit. Lang Description 04 EN Tax due (Monofásico / tax rate is zero) PT Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) 05 EN No description exists PT Sem descrições 06 EN Tax due (tax rate is zero) PT Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) 07 EN Tax exempt PT Operação Isenta da Contribuição 08 EN Tax not due PT Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição 09 EN Tax suspension PT Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição 99 EN Others PT Outras saídas4. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.Defining COFINS Tax SituationsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define COFINS Tax Situations Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir situações fiscais COFINS Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax situation COFINS” Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below: Tax sit. Lang Description 01 EN Tax due (tax base is NF total / normal tax rate / cumulative PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. alíq.normal (cumula 02 EN Tax due (tax base is NF total / special tax rate) PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper.(aliq.diferenciada)) 03 EN Tax due (tax base is quantity sold x rate per product unit) PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant.vend X Aliq. Un. Prod.) 04 EN Tax due (Monofásico / tax rate is zero) PT Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero))© SAP AG Page 207 of 226
  • 208. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tax sit. Lang Description 05 EN No description exists PT Sem descrições 06 EN Tax due (tax rate is zero) PT Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) 07 EN Tax exempt PT Operação Isenta da Contribuição 08 EN Tax not due PT Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição 09 EN Tax suspension PT Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição 99 EN Others PT Outras Operações4. Save your entries.Defining IPI Tax LawsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define IPI Tax Laws Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir lei fiscal IPI Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax Law IPI” Overview screen, choose New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I00 EN Incoming with IPI credit PT Entrada com recuperação de crédito Saída Tributada© SAP AG Page 208 of 226
  • 209. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IPI law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 0 - Incoming with IPI credit Tax Sit. IPI Ou 50 - Outgoing taxed by IPI LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 111111 Line 2 i.e. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 2222222 Line 3 i.e. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 3333333333 Line 4 i.e. 00-Incoming with IPI credit 444444444444 On the LAW tab tests you will insert the tests to be appear on the Nota Fiscal Electronica, to be sure what is the right test, you must ask your finance department.4. Save your entries.5. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I01 EN Incoming with tax rate = zero PT Entrada Saída tributada com alíquota zero Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 1 - Incoming with tax rate= zero Tax Sit. IPI Ou 51 - Outgoing IPI tax rate= zero LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -1 Line 2 i.e. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -2 Line 3 i.e. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -3 Line 4 i.e. 01-Incoming with tax rate = zero 51 -46. Save your entries.7. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I02 EN Incoming exempt of IPI PT Entrada Saída isenta Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 2 - Incoming exempt of IPI Tax Sit. IPI Ou 52 - Outgoing exempt of IPI LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -1 Line 2 i.e. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -2 Line 3 i.e. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -3 Line 4 i.e. 02-Incoming exempt of IPI 52 -48. Save your entries.© SAP AG Page 209 of 226
  • 210. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide9. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I03 EN Incoming not taxed by IPI PT Entrada Saída não tributada Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 3 - Incoming not taxed by IPI Tax Sit. IPI Ou 53 - Outgoing IPI not taxed LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -1 Line 2 i.e. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -2 Line 3 i.e. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -3 Line 4 i.e. 03-Incoming not taxed by IPI 53 -410. Save your entries.11. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I04 EN Incoming - IPI immune PT Entrada Saída imune Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 4 - Incoming - IPI immune Tax Sit. IPI Ou 54 - Outgoin - IPI immune LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 04-Incoming - IPI immune 54 -1 Line 2 i.e. 04-Incoming - IPI immune 54 -2 Line 3 i.e. 04-Incoming - IPI immune 54 -3 Line 4 i.e. 04-Incoming - IPI immune 54 -412. Save your entries.13. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I05 EN Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) PT Entrada Saída com suspensão© SAP AG Page 210 of 226
  • 211. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide IPI law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 5 - Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) Tax Sit. IPI Ou 55 - Outgoing IPI suspension LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 05 - Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -1 Line 2 i.e. 05 - Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -2 Line 3 i.e. 05 - Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -3 Line 4 i.e. 05 - Incoming with suspension (ato cotepe 70) 55 -414. Save your entries.15. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: IPI law Lang Description I49 EN Other incomings PT Outras Entradas Saídas Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. IPI In 49 - Other incomings Tax Sit. IPI Ou 99 -Other outgoings LAW tab Texts Line 1 i.e. 49-Other incomings Line 2 i.e. b49 - line 2 ========= Line 3 i.e. b49 - line 3 ========= Line 4 i.e. b49 - line 4 =========16. Save your entries.17. Choose Back.Defining PIS Tax LawsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define PIS Tax Laws Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir convenções fiscais PIS Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax Law PIS” Overview screen, select the option New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below:© SAP AG Page 211 of 226
  • 212. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide PIS law Lang Description P01 EN Tax Due (base amount = total value of normal tax rate) = 01 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. alíq.normal (cumula Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 01 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 44. Save your entries.5. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P02 EN Tax Due (base amount = total value (dif tax rate) = 02 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper.(aliq.diferenciada)) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 02 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 46. Save your entries.7. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P03 EN Tax Due (base amount = sale qty x tax rate per base uni = 03 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant.vend X Aliq. Un. Prod.) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 03 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 48. Save your entries.9. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P04 EN Tax Due (monophasic situation (tax rate = zero) = 04© SAP AG Page 212 of 226
  • 213. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide PIS law Lang Description PT Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 04 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 410. Save your entries.11. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P05 EN No description exists PT Sem descrições Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 05 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 412. Save your entries.13. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P06 EN Tax Due (tax rate zero) = 06 PT Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 06 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 414. Save your entries.15. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P07 EN No Tax = 07 PT Operação Isenta da Contribuição© SAP AG Page 213 of 226
  • 214. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide PIS law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 07 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 416. Save your entries.17. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P08 EN No Tax (no Incidence) = 08 PT Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 08 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 418. Save your entries.19. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P09 EN No Tax (suspension) = 09 PT Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 09 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 420. Save your entries.21. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: PIS law Lang Description P99 EN Others = 99 PT Outras Operações© SAP AG Page 214 of 226
  • 215. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide PIS law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. PIS 99 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 422. Save your entries.23. Choose Back.Defining COFINS Tax LawsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Basic Settings  Brazil  Define PIS Tax Laws Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Configs.globais  Brasil  Definir convenções fiscais PIS Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Tax Law COFINS” Overview screen, select the option New Entries.3. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C01 EN Tax Due (base amount = total value of normal tax rate) = 01 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper. alíq.normal (cumula Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 01 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 44. Save your entries.5. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C02 EN Tax Due (base amount = total value (dif tax rate)) = 02 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=vlr oper.(aliq.diferenciada))© SAP AG Page 215 of 226
  • 216. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide COFINS law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 02 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 46. Save your entries.7. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C03 EN Tax Due (base amount = sale qty x tax rate per base unit =03 PT Operação Tributável (base cálc=quant.vend X Aliq. Un. Prod.) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 03 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 48. Save your entries.9. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C04 EN Tax Due (monophasic situation (tax rate = zero)) = 04 PT Operação Tributável (tributação monofásica (alíquota zero)) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 04 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 410. Save your entries.11. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C05 EN No description exists 05 PT Sem descrições© SAP AG Page 216 of 226
  • 217. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide COFINS law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 05 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 412. Save your entries.13. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C06 EN Tax Due (tax rate zero) = 06 PT Operação Tributável (alíquota zero) Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 06 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 414. Save your entries.15. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C07 EN No Tax = 07 PT Operação Isenta da Contribuição Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 07 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 416. Save your entries.17. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C08 EN No Tax (no Incidence) = 08 PT Operação Sem Incidência da Contribuição© SAP AG Page 217 of 226
  • 218. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide COFINS law Lang Description Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 08 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 418. Save your entries.19. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C09 EN No Tax (suspension) PT Operação com Suspensão da Contribuição Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 09 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 420. Save your entries.21. Repeat step 2 to 3 and enter the values shown below: COFINS law Lang Description C99 EN Others = 99 PT Outras Operações Field name Description User action and values Comment Tax Sit. COFINS 99 LAW tab Texts Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 422. Choose Save.23. Choose Back.Maintain Tax Law PIS/COFINSProcedure2. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New) Financial Accounting Basic Settings (New)© SAP AG Page 218 of 226
  • 219. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Tax on Sales/Purchases Calculation Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil Define FI/MM Tax Codes Contabilidade financeira (novo)  Configurações globais contabilidade Menu IMG financeira (novo)  IVA Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Definir código de imposto FI/MM Transaction Code SPRO3. On the Determine Work Area:Entry screen, entry the value TAXBRA.4. On the Change View “ MaintainTax Codes”: Overview make the following entries:Tax Code Description COFINS Law UsageA0 Out. Indust.: ICMS C07 P07A1 Out. Indust.: ICMS C07 P07A3 Out. Indust.: ICMS + IPI C07 P07C0 In. Cons.: No tax C07 P07C1 In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS C07 P07 In. Consumption: ICMS + CompICMS +C2 S.T. C07 P07C3 In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS + IPI C07 P07C4 In. Cons.: ICMS + CompICMS + S.T. + IPI C07 P07C5 In. Cons.: IPI C07 P07I0 In. Indust.: No tax C07 P07I1 In. Indust.: ICMS C07 P07I2 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. C07 P07I3 In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI C07 P07I4 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. + IPI C07 P07I5 In. Indust.: IPI C07 P07I6 In. Indust.: ICMS + IPI: Reselling C07 P07I7 In. Indust.: ICMS + S.T. + IPI: Reselling C07 P07I9 In. ISS C07 P07S0 Output SD tax: No tax C07 P07SD Output SD tax: ICMS/IPI/Sub.Trib. C07 P07SE Output SD: Tax exempt transactions C07 P07SI Output SD tax: ISS C07 P07SZ Output SD tax: ICMS Zona Franca C07 P07 Industrialization: Only ICMS-PIS/COFINSY1 deductible C01 P01 Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINSY3 deductible C01 P01 Industrialization: ICMS-PIS/COFINS nonZ1 deductible C01 P01 Industrialization: ICMS/IPI/PIS/COFINSZ3 deduct C01 P01© SAP AG Page 219 of 226
  • 220. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideMaintain Tax Law PIS/COFINS SDProcedure2. Access the activity using the following navigation options: Sales and Distribution  Billing  Billing Documents  Country-specific IMG Menu Features  Country-specific Features for Brazil  Maintain Sales Document Item Category Vendas e distribuição  Faturamento  Documentos de faturamento  IMG Menu Características especiais do país  Propriedades específicas de país – Brasil  Atualizar ctg.item doc.vendas Transaction Code SPRO3. Enter the following data: Sales Doc Type Item category COFINS Law PIS Law CRB G2N C01 P01 CRB G2W C01 P01 DRB L2N C01 P01 DRB L2W C01 P01 ORB TANN C01 P01 ORB TAPS C01 P01 ORB TBB C01 P01 ORB TBD C01 P01 ORB TBLL C01 P01 ORB TBN C01 P01 ORB TBX C01 P01 ORB YBAB C01 P01 ORB YBTC C01 P01 REB LBNL C01 P01 REB RBB C01 P01 REB RBN C01 P01 REB RENN C01 P01 ROB LBNL C01 P01 ROB RBB C01 P01 ROB RBN C01 P01 ROB RENN C01 P01 VDOR TBS C01 P01 VDOR YB1 C01 P01© SAP AG Page 220 of 226
  • 221. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide Sales Doc Type Item category COFINS Law PIS Law VDOR YB2 C01 P01Defining Screen Control GroupsProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu n/a Menu IMG n/a Transaction Code SM302. On the Maintain Tables Views: Initial screen on field Table/View, insert the table J_1BAMV.3. Choose Maintain, if an information pop-up appears, choose Enter to confirm.4. Mark the Screen Control reference number 5 (five) and choose Copy as… .5. On the Change View “Screen control groups”: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional.6. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z1 - Create incoming NF manually.7. Choose Save.8. Choose Back.9. Choose the Screen Control reference number 3 (trhee) with double-click.10. On field 79 marks as Optional.11. Choose Save.12. Choose Back.13. Choose the Screen Control reference number 8 (eight) with double-click.14. On field 79 marks as Optional.15. Choose Save.16. Choose Back.17. Mark the Screen Control reference number 9 (nine) and choose Copy as… .18. On the Change View “Screen control groups”: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional.19. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z2 - Change incoming NF-e manually.20. On field 79 marks as Optional.21. Choose Save.22. Choose Back.© SAP AG Page 221 of 226
  • 222. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide23. Mark the Screen Control reference number 10 (ten) and choose Copy as… .24. On the Change View “Screen control groups”: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z3 - Create incoming NF-e automatically.25. On field 79 marks as Optional.26. Choose Save.27. Choose Back.28. Mark the Screen Control reference number 8 (eight) and choose Copy as… .29. On the Change View “Screen control groups”: Details of Selected Set screen, mark the field 4 Nota Fiscal Number as Optional.30. Describe the new description for this Screen Control reference i.e. Z4 - Change incoming NF-e automatically.31. On field 79 marks as Optional.32. Choose Save.33. Choose Back.Assigning Screen Control GroupProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Cross-Application Components  General Application Functions  Nota fiscal  Maintenance  Screen Control Group Assignment Menu IMG Componentes válidos para várias aplicações  Funções gerais de aplicação  Nota fiscal  Atualização  Atribuição de grupo de controle de tela Transaction Code SPRO2. On the Change View “Screen Control for Group Assignment” Overview screen, select every NF Type and choose Copy As… From NF Type To NF Type N1 i.e. ZA N2 i.e. ZB N3 i.e. ZC N4 i.e. ZD N5 i.e. ZE A2 i.e. ZF E1 i.e. YA E4 i.e. YB G1 i.e. YC© SAP AG Page 222 of 226
  • 223. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide From NF Type To NF Type G4 i.e. YD R1 i.e. YE R4 i.e. YF X2 i.e. YG A1 i.e. YH3. Choose Save.4. Insert the new screen control reference Z2 to NF Type YA create with the field “Manual” empty.5. Insert the new screen control reference Z1 to NF Type YA create with the field “Manual” selected.6. Insert the new screen control reference Z3 to NF Type YE create.7. Insert the new screen control reference Z4 to NF Type YE change.8. Choose Save.9. Choose Back.CBT: Mapping of SubTrip Base ReductionCreate New Conditions for MM and SDProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil  Access Tax Managers Workplace Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Workplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup  Condition typesCondition Types MM.3. On the Change View “Conditions: Condition Types”: Overview screen, mark the condition type BX44 and choose Copy As.. Copy BX44 to BX45 – Short text: BRSubTrib NF Basred1 Copy BX45 to BX46 – Short text: BRSubTrib NF Basred24. Choose Save.5. Choose Back.6. Execute the steps 2 to 5 with Condition Types SD.Maintain Calculation Procedure TAXBRA / YVABRAProcedure© SAP AG Page 223 of 226
  • 224. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil  Access Tax Managers Workplace Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Workplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup  Condition types  Calc. Procedures  Calc. Procedures MM.3. On the Change View “Procedures”: Overview screen, select the procedure TAXBRA and select with double-click Control Data on left side of screen.4. On the Change View “Control Data”: Overview screen, create a new condition BX45 as copy from step BX44, and another condition BX46 as copy from step BX45.5. Repeat the same steps for SD calculation with procedure YVABRA. If you have just one step available, you can use the same step number, i.e.645, and use counter field to put in sequence, i.e. step: 645 counter: 0 for BX45 an step: 645 counter: 1 for BX46.6. Choose Save.7. Choose Back.Create New Internal Codes1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil  Access Tax Managers Workplace Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Workplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup  Condition types  Condition Mapping  Internal Codes.3. On the Change View “Internal Codes for Tax Conditions”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, make the following values below: Internal TC Code Description NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 Federal base reduction Rate for Subtrib NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 State base reduction Rate for Subtrib5. Choose Save.6. Choose Back.© SAP AG Page 224 of 226
  • 225. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration GuideAssing Internal Codes to Conditions1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu Financial Accounting (New)  Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)  Tax on Sales/Purchases  Calculation  Settings for Tax Calculation in Brazil  Access Tax Managers Workplace Menu IMG Contabilidade financeira (nv.)  Configurações globais contabilidade financeira (novo)  IVA  Cálculo  Opções para cálculo de impostos no Brasil  Chamar Tax Administration Tool Transaction Code J1BTAX2. On the Tax Manager’s Workplace Brazil screen, choose top menu Condition setup  Condition types  Condition Mapping  Assing Conditions to Internal Codes.3. On the Change View “Map Internal Codes for Tax Conditions to Condition Types” screen, choose New Entries.4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen, make the following values below: Internal TC Code Application Condition Type NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 TX BX45 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED1 V BX45 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 TX BX46 NF_SUBTRIB_BASERED2 V BX465. Choose Save.6. Choose Back.Defining Tax Jurisdiction CodesProcedureTo customize this step you must use the document Defining Tax Jurisdiction Codes.docAssigning Postal Codes to Tax Jurisdiction CodesProcedureTo customize this step you must use the document Assigning Postal Codes to TaxJurisdiction Codes.docContingency Rules for PlantProcedure1. Access the activity using one of the following navigation options: IMG Menu N/A Menu IMG N/A Transaction Code J1BNFE2. On the NF-e Monitor screen, go to the top menu ContingencyContingency: Bus. Pl.© SAP AG Page 225 of 226
  • 226. SAP Best Practices Sales and Distribution (105): Configuration Guide3. On the Change view “NF-e: Contingency for Business Places”: Overview screen, choose New Entries.4. There are four possible ways to put the Business Place under contingency, as follow picture:Example 1000: The system try to conect to Messaging System if there is no answer then thesystem flag the first row MS Down and then NF-e will be created with field Conting markedwith X and the next will be created without if the Messaging System working.Example 1001: The system try to conect to Messaging System if there is no answer then thesystem flag the first row MS Down and then NF-e will be created with field Conting markedwith X until the user unflagging the field on the first row.Example 1002: When the user flag the first row, the system will create all NF-e until the userunflagging it.Example 1003: All NF-e will be created, but will not send to SEFAZ and will stay on NF-eMonitor until the user sends them. Will be printed only when has a SEFAZ authorization. That rules must be created for every plant, if you create a new plant, you must atributethose rules.AppendixDeletion of standard customizing:We do not recommend the deletion of standard customizing (for example Order Types).The attached Excel File provides an overview of the most important SD customizing settingsused in SAP Best Practices. Never delete any of these settings. Deleting of other settingshappens at your own risk.List_with_used_Standard&BP_Customizing_SD.xls© SAP AG Page 226 of 226

×